1620 to 1629 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1620 to 1629.

1620
'''The first merry-go-round is created at a festival in Turkey. '''

'''Adolf Marx, born in Austria, but living in France, makes the first refracting telescope. A few months later Gisbert Marx, in competition with his older brother, makes the first human-powered submarine. Adolf and Gisbert go to the French and Austrian governments, respectively, to sell their designs.'''


 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions.. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, Urraca, daughter of King Afonso VII, is married to Pedro VIII Manrique de Lara, Duke of Nájera. Later on the year, she gives birth to a boy, who is named Garcia.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. War in Bayoogoulaa finished (last year, LOL). We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Vorlayacor: The University of Nov Xoryan begins a literature-exchange program to both bring the works of Europe to Vorlayacor and exchange traditional Mapuche and Tapuia stories with Europeans. Mathematicians continue their studies of changing variables. The military begins training in guerrilla tactics, learning to utilize the dense jungles of Vorlayacor to hide and outwit any potential enemies.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,340,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Prince-Bishop of Osnabruck steps down from his capacity as Regent of Oldenburg. He places power in the hands of a Regecy Council made up of prominent nobles and the Speaker of the Landtag. The Council sets about looking for a replacement Regent. They also put more money into the military.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The university student strike grows in Osnabruck town, with townspeople joining the students' cries for the Prince-Bishop to return. After two months, the Episcopal Guard stages a coup, placing the Assistant Bishop under house arrest and demanding that the Prince-Bishop return from Oldenburg. Eventually, he gives in to pressure, and upon his return is welcomed back with an immense street parade. The festival merges into the Buhnefest, becoming an immense month-long celebration.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. Serbia begins to merge into the Empire's government, and already the region begins to see some benefits. The cheaper tariffs on Serbia's iron ore helps out Serbian merchants, while the population grows thanks to increased and cheaper food imports. With the call to arms by Bavaria, the Imperial government decides to declare war on Hamburg, citing the alliance with Bavaria and Scandinavia as well as some territorial ambitions. As such, 50,000 troops and seige weapons are sent north to assist the allied efforts.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally untied by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into. The annexation of Neu Hamburg is celebrated, as the north and southern areas are finally united by land. However, to keep stability within Neu Hamburg, The nobles (for now) are appointed control of the area. The German population of the former colony of Neu Hamburg are encouraged to move to the Prussian colony, and are also encouraged to learn Greek. Most have been killed in the war by skirmishes with the Empire's native allies, and most of the rest are encouraged to leave. The city of New Hamburg is renamed Theodoropolis.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in the world following the collapse of China. This has led to the Spanish economy becoming the dominant trading force on many economies in europe. Hispania undergoes reforms in the military using new firearms which are easier to load to reform the Carolingian infantry into a more organized and powerful line infantry force. The empire using previous connections with Chinese traders and bereaucrats establishes the Spanish China Sea Company and in conjunction with much of the trade power in Spanish control begins to influence the Chinese economy toward near total reliance on Silver from Spain to keep their economies functioning. Hispania refuses any turnover of Shanghai back to Wu citing the fact that the city was paid for fair and square and an agreement was reached. With the end of the crisis and Wu not acting on demands of certain people and nobles the Spanish send the Spanish Philippine garrison home as well as troops from various other areas leaving 7000 Chinese Sepoy troops holding Shanghai. Shanghai is created as its own crown colony.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is put low at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. Cochin begins to expand into the disorganized territory to the south in search of more resources (50 px).
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: With the holding of Shanghai the Spanish China Sea Company establishes its official control set up by a few opportunists who left the Spanish East India Company. The Company reports directly to the royal governor of the Philippines and the Spaniards immediately establish a heavy trade route from Shanghai to Manila and connect the city and surrounding territory to the Spanish Global trade network. The City holds a large Sepoy force of 7000 paid professional Chinese troops which are given special rights in exchange for their total loyalty to the Empire. The economy of the area is bolstered by many goods that while previously only accessable from India are now directly accessable by the Spanish in china leading to Shanghai becoming a massive hub of trade in Asia for the Spanish. The Company also hires Japanese Pirates as foot soldiers nearing nearly 1000 to serve as commerce raiders as well as a backup foot soldier to the Chinese just in case. Shanghai has an estimates 230,000 people and growing as many failed Chinese traders flood the area with goods to save their failing businesses. Shanghai is left as well with 20 ships of the Spanish navy so the city has time to make money before it purchases its own naval forces.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. The Empire attempts to maintain order during the famine, troops are concentrated around Britannia helping to keep order, the Patriarch of Canterbury calls all the faithful of Britannia to God is this time of need. A new series of historical books titled In Europa Imperium is written by renowned historian James Matthews, Volume I In Imperium Phoenix: A look at the Rebirth of Rome, focuses on the near death and then rebirthing of the Eastern Roman Empire. Other works will be written. This book comes on the heels of his first book; Imperium Britannica, chronicling the birth and expansion of the Britannic Empire from its days as a Roman province, to Albion, and to the current Empire. He releases two new volumes this year, Imperium Galliae From Division to World Power, and Imperium Hispania: Nation of World's Desire. Work continues on Vol V, Imperium Austria: The Rise and Fall of Central Europe's Domineering Power. The recent border clashes raise tensions between Scandinavia and Britannia has many colonists believe that the Scandinavians are behind the raids on inland communities. A new postion, High Governor is established. The High Governor is an appointed position and is the final authority between the local governors of the L'nu and New Cambridgeshire and the Crown of Britannia. The High Governor, in his first act as governor, declares Britannic protection over the Iroquois as well as trade preferences between the tribes of the new world. This move was made in effort to calm the native raids and to keep other rivals at bay. Tensions in the north of Borealia push the nation on the brink of war. The military begins drafting proposals. William Overton develops the slide rule. He also is hard at work building a device that he claims will "revolutionize the world".
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The newly returned troops continue to train in European tactics, while rearming with weapons made locally and purchased from Oldenburg. The military expands as the population grows. The spread of the Latinized Cree alphabet continues, with books including the Bible, classical works such by Plutarch, Plato, Caesar and others, and modern works now translated. Many learn to read, as it is now necessary for advancement in the government. Christianity continues to spread, while many Christianized Cree learn to speak German from the missionaries. This process speeds up following the recent influx of Oldenburger missionaries, while new converts also proselytize. The nation expands 5000 km around the newly discovered Chemiwanit Lake. Winipakw expands 500 km. The new fleet continues to improve trade, especially with Europe, during summer months, and a new ship is completed this year, bringing the fleet to a total of 21 ships.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska works to rebuild its infrastructure and economy from the war. Modern farming techniques are introduced to supply a population of about 75,000. The economy improves and the population increases in consequence.
 * Chisasibi: The lands of the Eastern Cree, now renamed Chisasibi to remove any ideas of sub-ethnic groups within the Cree people, works to recover from the war. Two Sachems are appointed from it to the Council. Conversion to Christianity begins. The military is improved, as European weapons arrive.
 * Kapuskasing: The Moose Cree, now vassalized, are granted three sachems in the council. Meanwhile, the nation is renamed Kapuskasing, again to reduce inter-ethnic Cree divisions. The nation expands 3500 km south.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The military is expanded as troops finally come home from war. They look forward to peace now that Northern Germany has been pacified. To celebrate, Scandinavia has numerous parades, festivals, and celebrations in Stockholm, Oslo, and Copenhagen among many other cities. The military is bolstered with a new galleon this year. In the meantime, tensions with Britannia, a longtime ally of Scandinavia, are reaching a high point in Borealia. Scandinavia attempts to appease their allies, proving that they are not behind native attacks. Relations with the Cree are opened this year, Scandinavia hoping to trade with the Cree and establish an ally in the Hudson Bay should Britannia try to betray Scandinavia.
 * Attawandaron: Improves militia.
 * Brandenburg: Improves military.
 * Greater Ingria: Ingria works desperately to provide a bountiful harvest for this year. In the meantime, the military is bolstered.
 * Huronsmark: The military is established.
 * Iceland: Works to recover from this winter. Iceland got hit particularly hard with this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Karelia: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Nynorge: Expands by 1000 sq km this year.
 * Pomerania: Brandenburg works with Pomerania to produce a surplus for this year. The successful harvest, mainly inspired by fear of a similar winter later this year, provides Brandenburg and Scandinavia with the foodstuffs it needs. The military is expanded.
 * New Gotland: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Schleswig: Declares war on Hamburg
 * Strombek: The infrastructure is expanded. Strombek expands by 2000 sq km toward the Hudson Bay.
 * Vinland: The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1618, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 52, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine. Franz-Albert becomes alarmingly ill in the summer, but recovers in November, from seemed to be minor pleurisy.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1617, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * Pskov: Increases its economic potential. The Pskov University continues to thrive, as more and more people come to it and it is considered one of the premier universitites in Europe. Meanwhile, Pskov plans to make a botanical gardens like the one in Amsterdam, for the recreation of its citizens. The City grows as more people go into the cities because of both population growth and more efficient farming methods. Some more poeple begin using troikas, three horses pulling a sleigh after it becomes part of the Prince's official witner transport. The Academy of Sciences publishes a paper disproving the hypothesis that heavier bodies accelerate faster, and prove difinitively that all bodies should, if air resistance is neglected, fall at the same speed if dropped simultaneously. Wages and production rise in tandem, as Pskov's population becomes less and less reliant on imports. The PIC is given leave to establish trade with Asian Nations. The economy allows the Military to be built up, the navy gets a boost with new and improves ships this week. The Pskovian Veche puts out a reward for a better ship or cannon design (military plus).
 * The Republic of Narva: Continues its slow democratization process, with the institution of Estonian and German as its official languages. The Prince-Namestnik appoints a council of ministers, and a prime minister to head the legislature of Narva, the Riigikogu. The Riigikogu begins construction as the Prince vows to transform the nation forever. Pskovian traders begin investing in the local economy, as The Prince hopes it will someday become as good as Pskov's. ITs navy receives its first frigates this year, and thus its navy is upped (economy+).
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: continues to settle its colonies. Meanwhile, Rum trade has become very good in the Imperial sea, as more and more people begin to like the drink very much, with the PIC dominating that trade. The PIC in Africa begins to set up its first mine in Zimbabwe after signing an agreement with the local government. The Construction brings both Pskovian workers, and Pskovian troops to act as bodyguards to the miners. The PIC uses its own substancial mercenary forces to supply the security. Meanwhile, ship production in Novoprussiysk begins to amp up, as the town slowly grows as it is the center of the PIC. Meanwhile, a small trade post is set up in Namibia, and some settlers are required so that it is not reliant on the PIC and can sustain its own food supply. The small post shall be the PIC's center of African stuffs in the future.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 50 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 28, assists his father. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: Work is done to improve and repair the infrastructure of the nation. The economy begins to recover with Dacian monetary aid. Voluntary deportation of Magyars to East Hungary begins.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 70 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN).
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.

1621

 * Damascan Sultanate:  Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 52. His uncle, Sulimen III dies in Kurdistan. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 459,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 298,000. Sulimen IV requests a wife to rule his nation with him. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regent begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We finish vassalizing the Karamanian Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 26.1 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed.  With lack of response from the other nations, Sultan Sulimen IV is voted Sultan of the UIN. 
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force in case of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan merges into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 325,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Palestine begins expanding economy and begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy expands.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 60,000. Economy expands.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, Urraca Manrique de Lara gives birth to a boy, who is named Pedro.
 * Ming China: The rather deluded and senile old Emperor dies and is replaced by his son, who is crowned as Emperor Zhū Yóujiǎn. The Chinese officially cease all attempts to re-obtain the other sucessor states in their territory, though they will continue to expand into the minor kingdoms. The economy begins to improve now that the futile attempts to reunify their former territory are ceased. The Chinese begin fortifying their territory to strengthen their position.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan. Monarch Yeongchang dies this year of old age, and Prince Sohyeon becomes the new Monarch of Korea.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,380,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Regency Council decides to appoint Princess Mary (brother of Count Alfred) as Regent. She and her minor British nobleman husband arrive in Oldenburg from Britannia in midsummer and are greeted cordially by the population. Some more cynical people posit that the Council chose the inexperienced Mary as a means of maintaining control. Elections for the Landtag are held (obviously only men who own land over a certain value can vote). The economy grows.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Prince-Bishop dies suddenly after falling off his horse whilst attending a festival. In a cruel twist of fate, the Assistant Bishop who was the source of such discontent is now consecrated as the Prince-Bishop. This year's Buhnefest contains a play mocking the situation: The Merry Bishop of Osnaburg.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally untied by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into. The annexation of Neu Hamburg is celebrated, as the north and southern areas are finally united by land. The German population of the former colony of Neu Hamburg is encouraged to move to the Prussian colony, as German, as well as Greek, will become as one of the main languages of the area.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. At the age of 72 Zhang dies of old age. A statue is made of him and put in the town square. We celebrate 52 years of peace under king Zhang. Zang's son Hung is the new king. A college in the name of Zhang is being built.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Vorlayacor: Distribution of books and scrolls continues across the nation, leading to the populace slowly being educated as a whole. The military continues its training in guerrilla tactics, enabling them to use the jungle to its maximum potential in the event of a hypothetical invasion. Northwest expansion continues, with Tapuia villages being expanded, roads being built, and Mapuche settlements being founded. The Grand Council expands to accomodate these new entities.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses.  Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. The first of the princes, Biga kamīnē, is declared the current Emperor, taking the name of Bhārata kā asalī rājakumāra. The second prince, passed over by the اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز, is given a position of high esteem, Urdū kī bhūmi kī ucca rājadūta. The اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز continue to monitor and council the young Emperor.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Peace celebrations continue. A painting of King John II is finished. The painting, dubbed 'the young king', is hung in Stockholm. In the meantime, Scandinavia continues to attempt to improve relations with the Cree. A more pressing matter, however, is the diplomatic crisis with Britain. Scandinavia does what it can to alleviate tensions. They hope deeply that their longtime ally, Britain, does not betray them. Just in case, the Seventh Fleet is sent to Strombek and Vinland in case of assault. Ships already stationed in New Copenhagen harbor are told to be on the lookout. The vassals in Borealia are similarly told to be on the lookout. The economy is improved.
 * Attawandaron: Improves economy.
 * Brandenburg: Improves economy.
 * Greater Ingria: Ingria works desperately to provide a bountiful harvest for this year. In the meantime, the economy is bolstered.
 * Huronsmark: The economy is improved.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded
 * Nynorge: Expands by 1000 sq km this year.
 * Pomerania: The economy is expanded.
 * New Gotland: The economy is expanded.
 * Schleswig: The economy is expanded.
 * Strombek: The infrastructure is expanded. Strombek expands by 2000 sq km toward the Hudson Bay.
 * Vinland: The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Christianity continues to spread, while many Christianized Cree learn to speak German from the missionaries. This process speeds up following the recent influx of Oldenburger missionaries, while new converts also proselytize. The nation improves its military, while also improving fortifications in Aksimiki and Maskekon. Cannons are emplaced to defend the harbour from naval attacks, although the Nehilaw are as yet the only nation with a significant naval presence on the Adelheid Sea. Winipakw expands 500 km. The new fleet continues to improve trade, especially with Europe, during summer months, and a new ship is completed this year, bringing the fleet to a total of 22 ships. The Nehilaw view the British-Scandinavian tensions with concern, and hope for the maintenance of peace.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska works to rebuild its infrastructure and economy from the war. Modern farming techniques are introduced to supply a population of about 75,000. The economy improves and the population increases in consequence.
 * Chisasibi: The lands of the Eastern Cree, now renamed Chisasibi to remove any ideas of sub-ethnic groups within the Cree people, works to recover from the war. Two Sachems are appointed from it to the Council. Conversion to Christianity begins. The military is improved, as European weapons arrive.
 * Kapuskasing: The Moose Cree, now vassalized, are granted three sachems in the council. Meanwhile, the nation is renamed Kapuskasing, again to reduce inter-ethnic Cree divisions. The nation expands 3500 km south.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. Serbia begins to merge into the Empire's government, and already the region begins to see some benefits. The cheaper tariffs on Serbia's iron ore helps out Serbian merchants, while the population grows thanks to increased and cheaper food imports. With the call to arms by Bavaria, the Imperial government decides to declare war on Hamburg, citing the alliance with Bavaria and Scandinavia as well as some territorial ambitions. As such, 50,000 troops and seige weapons are sent north to assist the allied efforts.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We ask for a fifteen year non-aggression pact with Rome to ensure peace in the future.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally untied by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into. The annexation of Neu Hamburg is celebrated, as the north and southern areas are finally united by land. However, to keep stability within Neu Hamburg, The nobles (for now) are appointed control of the area. The German population of the former colony of Neu Hamburg are encouraged to move to the Prussian colony, and are also encouraged to learn Greek. Most have been killed in the war by skirmishes with the Empire's native allies, and most of the rest are encouraged to leave. The city of New Hamburg is renamed Theodoropolis.
 * Pskov: Increases its economic potential. The Pskov University continues to thrive, as more and more people come to it and it is considered one of the premier universitites in Europe. Meanwhile, Pskov plans to make a botanical gardens like the one in Amsterdam, for the recreation of its citizens. The City grows as more people go into the cities because of both population growth and more efficient farming methods. The economy grows in leaps and bounds, surpassing almost the entire Commonwealth of Poland-Lithuania, with its more than ten times Pskov's population. Wages and production rise in tandem, as Pskov's population becomes less and less reliant on imports. The PIC is given leave to establish trade with Asian Nations. The economy allows the military to be built up, the navy gets a boost with new and improves ships this week. The Designs for new ships and cannons flock by the hundreds, and some concepts are taken seriously by the weaponsmiths. However, only some become useful. Pskov, hearing of gold in Zimbabwe and Diamonds in Namibia, decide that it is best to invest some more in those areas of the world ... Pskov continues to Influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * The Republic of Narva: Continues its slow democratization process, with the institution of Estonian and German as its official languages. The Prince-Namestnik appoints a council of ministers, and a prime minister to head the legislature of Narva, the Riigikogu. The Riigikogu begins construction as the Prince vows to transform the nation forever. Pskovian traders begin investing in the local economy, as The Prince hopes it will someday become as good as Pskov;s. The Narvan economy, based much on fishing, begins to lean toward exports and imports, with Narva chartering the creation of manby corporations this year. A merchant economy seems good ... in any case, the Pskovian garrison continues to do police work, as the Prince-Namestnik creates an honour guard of 300 men and arms the city of Narva.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: Continues to settle its colonies. Meanwhile, Rum trade has become very good in the Imperial sea, as more and more people begin to like the drink very much, with the PIC dominating that trade. The PIC in Africa begins to set up its first mine in Zimbabwe after signing an agreement with the local government. The Construction brings both Pskovian workers, and Pskovian troops to act as bodyguards to the miners. The PIC uses its own substantial mercenary forces to supply the security. About 400 new soldiers are sent to Zimbabwe as "Protection" of Pskovian Interests. Meanwhile, The Small outposts near Namibia begins to grow, as more people go there in search of diamonds and trade with the locals. However, the small outpost remains small, only contained to a few dozen sq km. The mining operations in Zimbabwe are almost neede. Secretly, however, the PIC begins to asses the small armed forces and navy of the Zimbabweans. It is small, and some war plans begin to be made, with an invasion fleet. After much analysis, a token force of 2000 men is deemed sufficient to conquer the state, and maybe 10,000 men to capture the coast and Great Zimbabwe. The Military there being small almost to the point of neglect. The Pskovians believe that it will be best to strike once the mines are operational, and somehow try to make is seem as though they are retaliating, something like hiring a group of local pirates to fly a Flag of the Zimbabwe navy and blow up an empty frigate flying PIC colours ... and then "stubbornly" refuse to listen using the defensive forces to declare war ... interesting plan, I wonder when it will come to fruition ...
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in the world following the collapse of China. This has led to the Spanish economy becoming the dominant trading force on many economies in europe. Hispania undergoes reforms in the military using new firearms which are easier to load to reform the Carolingian infantry into a more organized and powerful line infantry force. The empire using previous connections with Chinese traders and bereaucrats establishes the Spanish China Sea Company and in conjunction with much of the trade power in Spanish control begins to influence the Chinese economy toward near total reliance on Silver from Spain to keep their economies functioning. Hispania refuses any turnover of Shanghai back to Wu citing the fact that the city was paid for fair and square and an agreement was reached. With the end of the crisis and Wu not acting on demands of certain people and nobles the Spanish send the Spanish Philippine garrison home as well as troops from various other areas leaving 7000 Chinese Sepoy troops holding Shanghai. Shanghai is created as its own crown colony.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is put low at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. Cochin begins to expand into the disorganized territory to the south in search of more resources (50 px).
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: With the holding of Shanghai the Spanish China Sea Company establishes its official control set up by a few opportunists who left the Spanish East India Company. The Company reports directly to the royal governor of the Philippines and the Spaniards immediately establish a heavy trade route from Shanghai to Manila and connect the city and surrounding territory to the Spanish Global trade network. The City holds a large Sepoy force of 7000 paid professional Chinese troops which are given special rights in exchange for their total loyalty to the Empire. The economy of the area is bolstered by many goods that while previously only accessable from India are now directly accessable by the Spanish in china leading to Shanghai becoming a massive hub of trade in Asia for the Spanish. The Company also hires Japanese Pirates as foot soldiers nearing nearly 1000 to serve as commerce raiders as well as a backup foot soldier to the Chinese just in case. Shanghai has an estimates 230,000 people and growing as many failed Chinese traders flood the area with goods to save their failing businesses. Shanghai is left as well with 20 ships of the Spanish navy so the city has time to make money before it purchases its own naval forces.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 51 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 29, assists his father. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: Work is done to improve and repair the infrastructure of the nation. The economy begins to recover with Dacian monetary aid. Voluntary deportation of Magyars to East Hungary begins.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1621, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 55, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1621, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * Hadeekah_Palace.jpg year, Mateos I of Egypt dies, creating a small succession crisis, as he and his wife never had any children. Quickly, a small diplomatic battle erupts, with Solomonus of Ethiopia and Kapakos of Alexandria both claiming to be the best possible heir to the throne. A number of local nobles in Egypt gather in Cairo, at Hadeekah Palace in order to determine who should be crowned the next king of Egypt. Kapakos arrives in fulll splendor and manages to convince many powerful Lower Egyptian nobles to hear his pleas. The Bohairic Coptic tongue of Kapakos makes his arguments stronger than that of the Ethiopian-speaking Solomonus, who has a hard time communicating with the leadership of Egypt. In a relative blowaway election, Kapakos is elected to be the next King of Egypt. Kapakos quickly has himself crowned as King of Egypt, and then announces that the union of Egypt and Alexandria-Aiguptia is to be called the Empire of Aegypt. With his domain made much larger than before, Kapakos also orders that the Saharan desert be settled by industrious settlers. The technology which has been practiced throughout Egypt to de-desertify the region is applied to the Sahara, albeit at a much slower pace. The economy and military are increased, and trade influence is applied to Nobatia. Meanwhile, we begin to send trade missions to the Swahili Coast, especially the Sultanate of al-Swahili, which has a large Christian population from the period of Madagasikaran dominance.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 70 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN).
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,900,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (160,000), followed by Peru (69,000), Machu Picchu (52,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu (755,000), Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 350,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. Serbia begins to merge into the Empire's government, and already the region begins to see some benefits. The cheaper tariffs on Serbia's iron ore helps out Serbian merchants, while the population grows thanks to increased and cheaper food imports. With the call to arms by Bavaria, the Imperial government decides to declare war on Hamburg, citing the alliance with Bavaria and Scandinavia as well as some territorial ambitions. As such, 50,000 troops and seige weapons are sent north to assist the allied efforts. The offer of the Austrians is accepted and an NAP goes into force.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally untied by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into. The annexation of Neu Hamburg is celebrated, as the north and southern areas are finally united by land. However, to keep stability within Neu Hamburg, The nobles (for now) are appointed control of the area. The German population of the former colony of Neu Hamburg are encouraged to move to the Prussian colony, and are also encouraged to learn Greek. Most have been killed in the war by skirmishes with the Empire's native allies, and most of the rest are encouraged to leave. The city of New Hamburg is renamed Theodoropolis.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions.. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.

1622
'''It's almost 10:00 PM EST and no new turn has been made, as well as the seemingly largescale absence of all the mods. - Cookie'''


 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions.. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 53. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 461,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 302,000. Sulimen IV requests a wife to rule his nation with him. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We increase our relations with Diyabakir and begin vassalizing the territory (One of Eleven). As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 26.1 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed.  With lack of response from the other nations, Sultan Sulimen IV is voted Sultan of the UIN. 
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan merges into the Damascan Sultanate, through relation of the Kurdistan regents.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 328,000. Jerusalem and the Palestinian vassal has quathed all fighting, and it now is quite peaceful. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Palestine begins expanding economy and continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 65,000. Economy expands.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: We offer the Sultan's beautiful 22 year old daughter and Mansurryian Princess Ablah, Abla', Ablaa Ibn Nuquad for Sulimen IV's wife.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, Urraca Manrique de Lara gives birth to a boy, who is named Pedro.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in the world following the collapse of China. This has led to the Spanish economy becoming the dominant trading force on many economies in europe. Hispania undergoes reforms in the military using new firearms which are easier to load to reform the Carolingian infantry into a more organized and powerful line infantry force. The empire using previous connections with Chinese traders and bereaucrats establishes the Spanish China Sea Company and in conjunction with much of the trade power in Spanish control begins to influence the Chinese economy toward near total reliance on Silver from Spain to keep their economies functioning. Hispania refuses any turnover of Shanghai back to Wu citing the fact that the city was paid for fair and square and an agreement was reached. With the end of the crisis and Wu not acting on demands of certain people and nobles the Spanish send the Spanish Philippine garrison home as well as troops from various other areas leaving 7000 Chinese Sepoy troops holding Shanghai. Shanghai is created as its own crown colony.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is put low at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. Cochin begins to expand into the disorganized territory to the south in search of more resources (50 px).
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: With the holding of Shanghai the Spanish China Sea Company establishes its official control set up by a few opportunists who left the Spanish East India Company. The Company reports directly to the royal governor of the Philippines and the Spaniards immediately establish a heavy trade route from Shanghai to Manila and connect the city and surrounding territory to the Spanish Global trade network. The City holds a large Sepoy force of 7000 paid professional Chinese troops which are given special rights in exchange for their total loyalty to the Empire. The economy of the area is bolstered by many goods that while previously only accessable from India are now directly accessable by the Spanish in china leading to Shanghai becoming a massive hub of trade in Asia for the Spanish. The Company also hires Japanese Pirates as foot soldiers nearing nearly 1000 to serve as commerce raiders as well as a backup foot soldier to the Chinese just in case. Shanghai has an estimates 230,000 people and growing as many failed Chinese traders flood the area with goods to save their failing businesses. Shanghai is left as well with 20 ships of the Spanish navy so the city has time to make money before it purchases its own naval forces.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military expands, Neu norderney expands 200 px south along the coast.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The entire country is down in the dumps due to the new Prince-Bishop. The economy, however, is running like a charm, buoyed by a resurgent Episcopal Bank.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to fortify their borders.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy . Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,100,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (170,000), followed by Peru (88,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu (755,000), Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 350,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The Scandinavian Empire continues to improve its economy, trade flowing through the Øresund freely and openly. Jans Stepson's observatory in Norway is complete. He takes a trip to the observatory upon its completion and does not return for the rest of the year. In the meantime, Scandinavia continutes to attempt to improve relations with Britain, fearful that Britain will betray their age-old alliance. Several ships are retired from the First and Second Fleets. They are replaced with new ships of their type. Scandinavia works on improving relations with the Cree.
 * Attawandaron: Improves economy.
 * Brandenburg: Improves economy.
 * Greater Ingria: Ingria works desperately to provide a bountiful harvest for this year. In the meantime, the economy is bolstered.
 * Huronsmark: The economy is improved.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded
 * Nynorge: Expands by 1000 sq km this year.
 * Pomerania: The economy is expanded.
 * New Gotland: The economy is expanded.
 * Schleswig: The economy is expanded.
 * Strombek: The infrastructure is expanded. Strombek expands by 2000 sq km toward the Hudson Bay.
 * Vinland: The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Christianity continues to spread, while many Christianized Cree learn to speak German from the missionaries. This process speeds up following the recent influx of Oldenburger missionaries, while new converts also proselytize. The nation improves its military, while also improving fortifications in Aksimiki and Maskekon. Cannons are emplaced to defend the harbour from naval attacks, although the Nehilaw are as yet the only nation with a significant naval presence on the Adelheid Sea. Winipakw expands 500 km. The new fleet continues to improve trade, especially with Europe, during summer months, and a new ship is completed this year, bringing the fleet to a total of 22 ships. The Nehilaw view the British-Scandinavian tensions with concern, and hope for the maintenance of peace. Looking to preserve its long-term stability, the Sachems ask both Britain and Scandinavia for an alliance.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska works to rebuild its infrastructure and economy from the war. Modern farming techniques are introduced to supply a population of about 75,000. The economy improves and the population increases in consequence.
 * Chisasibi: The lands of the Eastern Cree, now renamed Chisasibi to remove any ideas of sub-ethnic groups within the Cree people, works to recover from the war. Two Sachems are appointed from it to the Council. Conversion to Christianity begins. The military is improved, as European weapons arrive.
 * Kapuskasing: The Moose Cree, now vassalized, are granted three sachems in the council. Meanwhile, the nation is renamed Kapuskasing, again to reduce inter-ethnic Cree divisions. The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * Scandinavian Diplomacy: We accept the alliance.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,420,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers.|onteli mathematician !aha hu So publishes his “惦反向是波呢難(Te Panhon-Siponen, On Logarithms)” the first work on Logarithms.
 * In the Empire of Aegypt, Kapakos works to integrate all of his realm into a single Aegyptian culture. Although one currently exists, he makes reforms to encourage all of the nation to use Bohairic Coptic rather than Sahidic Coptic. Meanwhile, work to improve Cairo to the standards of Alexandria is undertaken after the neglect that came about after the separation of Roman Egypt. Trade continues to be a major driving force in our economy, but Kapakos is convinced that higher tariffs are needed in the Philapelphi Canal in order to guarantee that Aegyptian businesses can make greater profits via trade. This year, the focus is upon ensuring that overseas regions of Aegypt (including Katrina, Milh, and Nestoria) are all up to date with the latest technology and goods and services available to these Aegyptians who are living distant from the homeland. Work continues in Nobatia to influence and vassalize that state and settlement and de-desertification of the Sahara continue. The military is developed further.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 52 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices.Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 30, assists his father. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: A Hungarian Legion is drafted, it is comprised of the hardiest and most violent of men. The economy also grows considerably after repairs are finished on infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. We declare war on Scandinavia for the liberation of Brandenburg and Pomerania. Forces are fully mobilized and siege weapons are sent into combat. Bohemia, Luxembourg, Lusatia, and Silesia also declare war on Scandinavia, fully mobilizing and deploying siege weapons.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Vorlayacor: The military continues its guerrilla training, and Tapuia people continue to migrate toward the coast; many of their stories and legends are transcribed into books and scrolls, further cementing them as a part of Vorlayacoran society in addition to the Mapuche. The navy begins rebuildings its doraks to be faster and hold more cannons.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 90 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The Sultan is becoming ill, and is projected to die within the next ten years, and thus prepares for his twelve year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, to take his place as Sultan during the next ten years. With the Sultan dying and his son growing up, The Grand Council take power for this transitionary ten years. 
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1622, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 56, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1622, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally untied by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into. The annexation of Neu Hamburg is celebrated, as the north and southern areas are finally united by land. The German population of the former colony of Neu Hamburg is encouraged to move to the Prussian colony, as German, as well as Greek, will become as one of the main languages of the area.
 * Pskov: Increases its economic potential. The Pskov University continues to thrive, as more and more people come to it and it is considered one of the premier universitites in Europe. Meanwhile, Pskov plans to make a botanical gardens like the one in Amsterdam, for the recreation of its citizens. The City grows as more people go into the cities because of both population growth and more efficient farming methods. The Economy grows in leaps and bounds, surpassing almost the entire Commonwealth of Poland-Lithuania, with its more than ten times Pskov's population. Wages and production rise in tandem, as Pskov's population becomes less and less reliant on imports. The PIC is given leave to establish trade with Asian Nations. The economy allows the Military to be built up, the navy gets a boost with new and improves ships this week. The Designs for new ships and cannons flock by the hundreds, and some concepts are taken seriously by the weaponsmiths. However, only some become useful. Pskov, hearing of gold in Zimbabwe and Diamonds in Namibia, decide that it is best to invest some more in those areas of the world ... Pskov continues to Influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * The Republic of Narva: Continues its slow democratization process, with the institution of Estonian and German as its official languages. The Prince-Namestnik appoints a council of ministers, and a prime minister to head the legislature of Narva, the Riigikogu. The Riigikogu begins construction as the Prince vows to transform the nation forever. Pskovian traders begin investing in the local economy, as The Prince hopes it will someday become as good as Pskov;s. The Narvan economy, based much on fishing, begins to lean toward exports and imports, with Narva chartering the creation of manby corporations this year. A merchant economy seems good ... in any case, the Pskovian garrison continues to do police work, as the Prince-Namestnik creates an honour guard of 300 men and arms the city of Narva.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: Continues to settle its colonies. Meanwhile, Rum trade has become very good in the Imperial sea, as more and more people begin to like the drink very much, with the PIC dominating that trade. The PIC in Africa begins to set up its first mine in Zimbabwe after signing an agreement with the local government. The Construction brings both Pskovian workers, and Pskovian troops to act as bodyguards to the miners. The PIC uses its own substantial mercenary forces to supply the security. About 400 new soldiers are sent to Zimbabwe as "Protection" of Pskovian Interests. Meanwhile, The Small outposts near Namibia begins to grow, as more people go there in search of diamonds and trade with the locals. However, the small outpost remains small, only contained to a few dozen sq km. The mining operations in Zimbabwe are almost neede. Secretly, however, the PIC begins to asses the small armed forces and navy of the Zimbabweans. It is small, and some war plans begin to be made, with an invasion fleet. After much analysis, a token force of 2000 men is deemed sufficient to conquer the state, and maybe 10,000 men to capture the coast and Great Zimbabwe. The Military there being small almost to the point of neglect. The Pskovians believe that it will be best to strike once the mines are operational, and somehow try to make is seem as though they are retaliating, something like hiring a group of local pirates to fly a Flag of the Zimbabwe navy and blow up an empty frigate flying PIC colours ... and then "stubbornly" refuse to listen using the defensive forces to declare war ... interesting plan, I wonder when it will come to fruition ...
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: Continues to settle its colonies. Meanwhile, Rum trade has become very good in the Imperial sea, as more and more people begin to like the drink very much, with the PIC dominating that trade. The PIC in Africa begins to set up its first mine in Zimbabwe after signing an agreement with the local government. The Construction brings both Pskovian workers, and Pskovian troops to act as bodyguards to the miners. The PIC uses its own substantial mercenary forces to supply the security. About 400 new soldiers are sent to Zimbabwe as "Protection" of Pskovian Interests. Meanwhile, The Small outposts near Namibia begins to grow, as more people go there in search of diamonds and trade with the locals. However, the small outpost remains small, only contained to a few dozen sq km. The mining operations in Zimbabwe are almost neede. Secretly, however, the PIC begins to asses the small armed forces and navy of the Zimbabweans. It is small, and some war plans begin to be made, with an invasion fleet. After much analysis, a token force of 2000 men is deemed sufficient to conquer the state, and maybe 10,000 men to capture the coast and Great Zimbabwe. The Military there being small almost to the point of neglect. The Pskovians believe that it will be best to strike once the mines are operational, and somehow try to make is seem as though they are retaliating, something like hiring a group of local pirates to fly a Flag of the Zimbabwe navy and blow up an empty frigate flying PIC colours ... and then "stubbornly" refuse to listen using the defensive forces to declare war ... interesting plan, I wonder when it will come to fruition ...

1623
In Rome, Pope Celestine IX dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Bohemian Franz Seraph von Dietrichstein is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of Sixtus IV.

Spanish and Zapotecan settlement of the midwest suffers some raids as Comanche and Apache have for once ceased attacking each other for a period of time to raid the respective settlements in Texas.

A Raid from the Amazons region in Colombia from an unknown tribe wipes out a frontier settlement of a few hundred killing most and leaving a few to go back to tell of the attack

'''Multiple Religious riots break out in Urdustan between Hindus and Muslims over Muslim control of the government. The Rioters are mostly made up of Hindu and Muslim Radicals.'''

'''Chinese peasants and many smaller warlords revolt in Wu. Hearing of the might of the White Devils as yet, the rebels make attacks on Wu forces. Some of the northern warlords atempt to become independent. (Military:4 Economy:4 Infrastructure:10 )'''

'''A severe frost causes problems in the nation of Britannia this winter, with the Thames freezing. Thirteen days of continuous snow ensues in the region of Scotland, causing a shortage of sheep in the far north, where only small herds manage to survive. ''' ◾Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf. ◾Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access. ◾Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods. ◾Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, Urraca Manrique de Lara gives birth to a boy, who is named João.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 53. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 461,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 302,000. Sulimen IV requests a wife to rule his nation with him. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We increase our relations with Diyabakir and continue vassalizing the territory (Turn Two of Eleven). As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 26.1 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed.  With lack of response from the other nations, Sultan Sulimen IV is voted Sultan of the UIN. The royal wedding is taken place. Spending over 62,000 stravton on the occasion. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla. They are twins. The Sultan sends ships, gold, glass, and guns to the Mansuriyya Sultanate to prove his graditude to the ancient ally. As they celebrate their 100 year alliance commemoration.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan merges into the Damascan Sultanate, through relation of the Kurdistan regents.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 328,000. Jerusalem and the Palestinian vassal has quathed all fighting, and it now is quite peaceful. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Palestine begins expanding economy and continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 65,000. Economy expands.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Damascan - Mansurryian Sultanate: We accept the Sultan's beautiful 22 year old daughter and Mansurryian Princess Ablah Ibn Nuquad for Sulimen IV's wife. 
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to fortify their borders. The government begins taking the first cautious steps of centralizing power in the hands of the government in the capital city of Beijing. Most government officials are thankful that the small kingdoms bordering Ming territory have been passive.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,460,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers.|onteli mathematician !aha hu So share his Te Panhon-Siponen with the Dutch colleague Johanne Debuisne, who begins to work on them.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses.  Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. Bhārata kā asalī rājakumāra raises his levies within the nation of Vijaynagar to attempt to quell the uprisings, but as soon as the order is given to march upon the rioters, the Emperors brother hurridly travels to Vijaynagar. اردو کی زمین رائل گرین گارڈز attempt to forestall the Emperors brother, but to no avail.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) makes a hurried journey to attempt peace. He asks that both riotous sides attempt to find some common ground with each other and the government of Urdustan, citing the Raze of Vijaynagar by the Timurids as a conseqence of a lack of understanding between sides. (Needs mod response)
 * Mod Response: Some of the more level-headed rioters stop rioting, but many of the impoverished, lower-class members of the area continue to riot.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 53 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 31, assists his father. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 4.3 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: A Hungarian Legion is drafted, it is comprised of the hardiest and most violent of men. The economy also grows considerably after repairs are finished on infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses. A colony is established in OTL Fiji after a couple of explorers reach it early this year.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuang, and Yun Nan. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Christianity continues to spread, while many Christianized Cree learn to speak German from the missionaries. This process speeds up following the recent influx of Oldenburger missionaries, while new converts also proselytize. The nation improves its military, while also improving fortifications in Aksimiki and Maskekon. Cannons are emplaced to defend the harbour from naval attacks, although the Nehilaw are as yet the only nation with a significant naval presence on the Adelheid Sea. Winipakw expands 500 km. The new fleet continues to improve trade, especially with Europe, during summer months, and two new ships are completed this year, bringing the fleet to a total of 24 ships.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska works to rebuild its infrastructure and economy from the war. Modern farming techniques are introduced to supply a population of about 75,000. The economy improves and the population increases in consequence.
 * Chisasibi: The lands of the Eastern Cree, now renamed Chisasibi to remove any ideas of sub-ethnic groups within the Cree people, works to recover from the war. Two Sachems are appointed from it to the Council. Conversion to Christianity begins. The military is improved, as European weapons arrive.
 * Kapuskasing: The Moose Cree, now vassalized, are granted three sachems in the council. Meanwhile, the nation is renamed Kapuskasing, again to reduce inter-ethnic Cree divisions. The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. The Empire attempts to maintain order during the famine, troops are concentrated around Britannia helping to keep order, the Patriarch of Canterbury calls all the faithful of Britannia to God is this time of need. A new series of historical books titled In Europa Imperium is written by renowned historian James Matthews, Volume I In Imperium Phoenix: A look at the Rebirth of Rome, focuses on the near death and then rebirthing of the Eastern Roman Empire. Other works will be written. This book comes on the heels of his first book; Imperium Britannica, chronicling the birth and expansion of the Britannic Empire from its days as a Roman province, to Albion, and to the current Empire. He releases two new volumes this year, Imperium Galliae From Division to World Power, and Imperium Hispania: Nation of World's Desire. Work continues on Vol V, Imperium Austria: The Rise and Fall of Central Europe's Domineering Power. The recent border clashes raise tensions between Scandinavia and Britannia has many colonists believe that the Scandinavians are behind the raids on inland communities. A new postion, High Governor is established. The High Governor is an appointed position and is the final authority between the local governors of the L'nu and New Cambridgeshire and the Crown of Britannia. The High Governor, in his first act as governor, declares Britannic protection over the Iroquois as well as trade preferences between the tribes of the new world. This move was made in effort to calm the native raids and to keep other rivals at bay. Tensions in the north of Borealia push the nation on the brink of war. The military begins drafting proposals. William Overton develops the slide rule. He also is hard at work building a device that he claims will "revolutionize the world". This is in case I have to post for Andy, if not he can change this post as he pleases. -Sky
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military . Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.

◾Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods. ◾Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure. ◾Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn. ◾Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn. ◾Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy. ◾New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.


 * Pskov: Increases its economic potential. The Pskov University continues to thrive, as more and more people come to it and it is considered one of the premier universitites in Europe. Meanwhile, Pskov plans to make a botanical gardens like the one in Amsterdam, for the recreation of its citizens. The City grows as more people go into the cities because of both population growth and more efficient farming methods. The economy grows in leaps and bounds, surpassing almost the entire Commonwealth of Poland-Lithuania, with its more than ten times Pskov's population. Wages and production rise in tandem, as Pskov's population becomes less and less reliant on imports. The PIC is given leave to establish trade with Asian Nations. The economy allows the Military to be built up, the navy gets a boost with new and improves ships this week. The Designs for new ships and cannons flock by the hundreds, and some concepts are taken seriously by the weaponsmiths. However, only some become useful. Pskov, hearing of gold in Zimbabwe and Diamonds in Namibia, decide that it is best to invest some more in those areas of the world ... Pskov continues to Influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * The Republic of Narva: Continues its slow democratization process, with the institution of Estonian and German as its official languages. The Prince-Namestnik appoints a council of ministers, and a prime minister to head the legislature of Narva, the Riigikogu. The Riigikogu begins construction as the Prince vows to transform the nation forever. Pskovian traders begin investing in the local economy, as The Prince hopes it will someday become as good as Pskov;s. The Narvan economy, based much on fishing, begins to lean toward exports and imports, with Narva chartering the creation of manby corporations this year. A merchant economy seems good ... in any case, the Pskovian garrison continues to do police work, as the Prince-Namestnik creates an honour guard of 300 men and arms the city of Narva.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: Continues to settle its colonies. Meanwhile, Rum trade has become very good in the Imperial sea, as more and more people begin to like the drink very much, with the PIC dominating that trade. The PIC in Africa begins to set up its first mine in Zimbabwe after signing an agreement with the local government. The Construction brings both Pskovian workers, and Pskovian troops to act as bodyguards to the miners. The PIC uses its own substantial mercenary forces to supply the security. About 400 new soldiers are sent to Zimbabwe as "Protection" of Pskovian Interests. Meanwhile, The Small outposts near Namibia begins to grow, as more people go there in search of diamonds and trade with the locals. However, the small outpost remains small, only contained to a few dozen sq km. The mining operations in Zimbabwe are almost neede. Secretly, however, the PIC begins to asses the small armed forces and navy of the Zimbabweans. It is small, and some war plans begin to be made, with an invasion fleet. After much analysis, a token force of 2000 men is deemed sufficient to conquer the state, and maybe 10,000 men to capture the coast and Great Zimbabwe. The Military there being small almost to the point of neglect. The Pskovians believe that it will be best to strike once the mines are operational, and somehow try to make is seem as though they are retaliating, something like hiring a group of local pirates to fly a Flag of the Zimbabwe navy and blow up an empty frigate flying PIC colours ... and then "stubbornly" refuse to listen using the defensive forces to declare war ... interesting plan, I wonder when it will come to fruition ...
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * In Aegypt, the new ruler begins to do things (including vassalizing a Nubian state and growing the military).MORE TO COME.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. Serbia begins to merge into the Empire's government, and already the region begins to see some benefits. The cheaper tariffs on Serbia's iron ore helps out Serbian merchants, while the population grows thanks to increased and cheaper food imports. With the call to arms by Bavaria, the Imperial government decides to declare war on Hamburg, citing the alliance with Bavaria and Scandinavia as well as some territorial ambitions. As such, 50,000 troops and seige weapons are sent north to assist the allied efforts. The offer of the Austrians is accepted and an NAP goes into force.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally united by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into. The annexation of Neu Hamburg is celebrated, as the north and southern areas are finally united by land. However, to keep stability within Neu Hamburg, The nobles (for now) are appointed control of the area. The German population of the former colony of Neu Hamburg are encouraged to move to the Prussian colony, and are also encouraged to learn Greek. Most have been killed in the war by skirmishes with the Empire's native allies, and most of the rest are encouraged to leave. The city of New Hamburg is renamed Theodoropolis.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,100,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (170,000), followed by Peru (88,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu (755,000), Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 350,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in the world following the collapse of China. This has led to the Spanish economy becoming the dominant trading force on many economies in europe. Hispania undergoes reforms in the military using new firearms which are easier to load to reform the Carolingian infantry into a more organized and powerful line infantry force. The empire using previous connections with Chinese traders and bereaucrats establishes the Spanish China Sea Company and in conjunction with much of the trade power in Spanish control begins to influence the Chinese economy toward near total reliance on Silver from Spain to keep their economies functioning. Hispania refuses any turnover of Shanghai back to Wu citing the fact that the city was paid for fair and square and an agreement was reached. With the end of the crisis and Wu not acting on demands of certain people and nobles the Spanish send the Spanish Philippine garrison home as well as troops from various other areas leaving 7000 Chinese Sepoy troops holding Shanghai. Shanghai is created as its own crown colony.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is put low at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. Cochin begins to expand into the disorganized territory to the south in search of more resources (50 px).
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: With the holding of Shanghai the Spanish China Sea Company establishes its official control set up by a few opportunists who left the Spanish East India Company. The Company reports directly to the royal governor of the Philippines and the Spaniards immediately establish a heavy trade route from Shanghai to Manila and connect the city and surrounding territory to the Spanish Global trade network. The City holds a large Sepoy force of 7000 paid professional Chinese troops which are given special rights in exchange for their total loyalty to the Empire. The economy of the area is bolstered by many goods that while previously only accessable from India are now directly accessable by the Spanish in china leading to Shanghai becoming a massive hub of trade in Asia for the Spanish. The Company also hires Japanese Pirates as foot soldiers nearing nearly 1000 to serve as commerce raiders as well as a backup foot soldier to the Chinese just in case. Shanghai has an estimates 230,000 people and growing as many failed Chinese traders flood the area with goods to save their failing businesses. Shanghai is left as well with 20 ships of the Spanish navy so the city has time to make money before it purchases its own naval forces.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1624, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 58, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1624, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions.. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.

1624
A Dutch mathematician and astronomer discovers the famous law of refraction, a formula used to describe the relationship between the angles of incidence and refraction, when referring to light or other waves passing through a boundary between two different isotropic media, such as water, glass and air.

'''A large fleet of Spanish trade ships operating in the Imperial Sea is wrecked after being trapped within a seasonal storm at sea. The fleet is sunk off the coast of Neu Franken, Prussia. '''

'''A philosophical secret society known as Rosicrucianism arises in Germany. Based on a series of anonymous manifestos, the group holds a doctrine of theology "built on esoteric truths of the ancient past", which, "concealed from the average man, provide insight into nature, the physical universe and the spiritual realm.”'''


 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions.. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * Pskov: Increases its economic potential. The Pskov University continues to thrive, as more and more people come to it and it is considered one of the premier universitites in Europe. Meanwhile, Pskov plans to make a botanical gardens like the one in Amsterdam, for the recreation of its citizens. The City grows as more people go into the cities because of both population growth and more efficient farming methods. The economy grows in leaps and bounds, surpassing almost the entire Commonwealth of Poland-Lithuania, with its more than ten times Pskov's population. Wages and production rise in tandem, as Pskov's population becomes less and less reliant on imports. The PIC is given leave to establish trade with Asian Nations. The economy allows the Military to be built up, the navy gets a boost with new and improves ships this week. The Designs for new ships and cannons flock by the hundreds, and some concepts are taken seriously by the weaponsmiths. However, only some become useful. Pskov, hearing of gold in Zimbabwe and Diamonds in Namibia, decide that it is best to invest some more in those areas of the world ... Pskov continues to Influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * The Republic of Narva: Continues its slow democratization process, with the institution of Estonian and German as its official languages. The Prince-Namestnik appoints a council of ministers, and a prime minister to head the legislature of Narva, the Riigikogu. The Riigikogu begins construction as the Prince vows to transform the nation forever. Pskovian traders begin investing in the local economy, as The Prince hopes it will someday become as good as Pskov;s. The Narvan economy, based much on fishing, begins to lean toward exports and imports, with Narva chartering the creation of manby corporations this year. A merchant economy seems good ... in any case, the Pskovian garrison continues to do police work, as the Prince-Namestnik creates an honour guard of 300 men and arms the city of Narva.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: Continues to settle its colonies. Meanwhile, Rum trade has become very good in the Imperial sea, as more and more people begin to like the drink very much, with the PIC dominating that trade. The PIC in Africa begins to set up its first mine in Zimbabwe after signing an agreement with the local government. The Construction brings both Pskovian workers, and Pskovian troops to act as bodyguards to the miners. The PIC uses its own substantial mercenary forces to supply the security. About 400 new soldiers are sent to Zimbabwe as "Protection" of Pskovian Interests. Meanwhile, The Small outposts near Namibia begins to grow, as more people go there in search of diamonds and trade with the locals. However, the small outpost remains small, only contained to a few dozen sq km. The mining operations in Zimbabwe are almost neede. Secretly, however, the PIC begins to asses the small armed forces and navy of the Zimbabweans. It is small, and some war plans begin to be made, with an invasion fleet. After much analysis, a token force of 2000 men is deemed sufficient to conquer the state, and maybe 10,000 men to capture the coast and Great Zimbabwe. The Military there being small almost to the point of neglect. The Pskovians believe that it will be best to strike once the mines are operational, and somehow try to make is seem as though they are retaliating, something like hiring a group of local pirates to fly a Flag of the Zimbabwe navy and blow up an empty frigate flying PIC colours ... and then "stubbornly" refuse to listen using the defensive forces to declare war ... interesting plan, I wonder when it will come to fruition ...
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, Urraca Manrique de Lara gives birth to a girl, who is named Urraca.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that atleast 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with the Damascus Sultanate although trade with Bengal, Mansuriyya, Roman Empire and Bengal, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan ordered the assailants to be put to death and announced equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he ordered the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn Five of Five); a move which angered many clerics but most of them restrained from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. With the recent purchase of the Masirah Island, Yemeni influence drastically increased in the Arabian Sea and a minor port was constructed at the island. Eco Turn and Infra Turn.
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of Al Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al Somal had been gotten ridden off in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Miner ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to al Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Yemen - Ethiopia Diplomacy: The Sultan of Yemen requests the King of Ethiopia to allow Islam to spread in its lands and to protect all People of the Book as Yemen has done. The King of Ethiopia is reminded of Yemen and Ethiopia's long standing relations as well as the benevolence showed by the Christian King Najashi (Negus) when Muslims refugees had arrived from Mecca in 613, fleeing from the Pagans and were protected by Negus and thus the current King of Ethiopia must show similar benevolence and allow Islamic missionaries to preach Islam [MOD RESPONSE NEEDED]
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses. A colony is established in OTL Fiji after a couple of explorers reach it early this year.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,500,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers.|onteli mathematician !aha hu So share his Te Panhon-Siponen with the Dutch colleague Johanne Debuisne, who begins to work on them.
 * The Tartary: Continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Oirat Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * It's 1624. How will the Oirats be vassalized in the past?
 * Because he's copypasting and just slapped the Oirat name where the Chagatai name used to be.'
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Slso continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Vorlayacor: Northwest expansion continues; by 1630, all of the area specified by the Treaty of Nov Xoryan will be officially claimed by Vorlayacor. Mapuche settlements are created while Tapuia villages are expanded and modernized.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to fortify their borders.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in the world following the collapse of China. This has led to the Spanish economy becoming the dominant trading force on many economies in europe. Hispania undergoes reforms in the military using new firearms which are easier to load to reform the Carolingian infantry into a more organized and powerful line infantry force. The empire using previous connections with Chinese traders and bereaucrats establishes the Spanish China Sea Company and in conjunction with much of the trade power in Spanish control begins to influence the Chinese economy toward near total reliance on Silver from Spain to keep their economies functioning. Hispania refuses any turnover of Shanghai back to Wu citing the fact that the city was paid for fair and square and an agreement was reached. With the end of the crisis and Wu not acting on demands of certain people and nobles the Spanish send the Spanish Philippine garrison home as well as troops from various other areas leaving 7000 Chinese Sepoy troops holding Shanghai. Shanghai is created as its own crown colony. The fleet is felt as a loss but is not a treasure fleet so the blow is much less than it could be.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is put low at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. Cochin begins to expand into the disorganized territory to the south in search of more resources (50 px).
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: With the holding of Shanghai the Spanish China Sea Company establishes its official control set up by a few opportunists who left the Spanish East India Company. The Company reports directly to the royal governor of the Philippines and the Spaniards immediately establish a heavy trade route from Shanghai to Manila and connect the city and surrounding territory to the Spanish Global trade network. The City holds a large Sepoy force of 7000 paid professional Chinese troops which are given special rights in exchange for their total loyalty to the Empire. The economy of the area is bolstered by many goods that while previously only accessable from India are now directly accessable by the Spanish in china leading to Shanghai becoming a massive hub of trade in Asia for the Spanish. The Company also hires Japanese Pirates as foot soldiers nearing nearly 1000 to serve as commerce raiders as well as a backup foot soldier to the Chinese just in case. Shanghai has an estimates 230,000 people and growing as many failed Chinese traders flood the area with goods to save their failing businesses. Shanghai is left as well with 20 ships of the Spanish navy so the city has time to make money before it purchases its own naval forces.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military is built up, mainly in the cavalry department, where new tactics and equipment is tested out amongst the Comital Cavalry Guard. Regent Mary holds a ball for all of Oldenburg society, making her quite popular. The secretive Regency Council still maintains governmental control. In other news, Neu Norderney expands 200px down the coast.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The economy grows well thanks to the sound economic management of the new Prince-Bishop. The stability and security of his reign increases his popularity amongst the people, but there is still discontent at his lack on interestingness.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Seeing the spread of Christianity, including onto the Council of Sachems itself, the Sachems delve into the realm of theology and declare Christianity and traditional shamanism mutually acceptable and reconciliable doctrines. This "Declaration of Aksimiki" is greeted with relief by the somewhat conflicted populace. Many Christians quickly readopt shamanist practices, while many shamanists adopt Christian practices. The already chaotic religous scene descends into total anarchy. Only ultraorthodox minorites of both groups refuse to adopt syncreticism. German continues to spread. The nation expands 5000 km; Winipakw expands 500 km. The new fleet continues to improve trade, especially with Europe, during summer months, and two new ships are completed this year, bringing the fleet to a total of 26 ships. Relations with Scandinavia improve.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska expands 3500 km southeast, while Christianity continues to spread.
 * Chisasibi: The economy is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisiasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Kapuskasing: The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuang, and Yun Nan. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,100,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (170,000), followed by Peru (88,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu (755,000), Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 350,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor. Managed to get a post through, but still need Ms to post for me.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent on to the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy . Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested. Tvrtko's wife Teodora becomes pregnant in late January and gives birth to twins in October. She gives birth to a boy, named Ivan III. and a girl, named Margareta II.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * Wu China: Attempting to put down the revolts, we cut all spending on welfare and dedicate our entire state to military and try to negotiate with rebels.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 90 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The Sultan is becoming ill, and is projected to die within the next ten years, and thus prepares for his twleve year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, to take his place as Sultan during the next ten years. With the Sultan dying and his son growing up, The Grand Council take power for this transitionary ten years. 
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. The Empire attempts to maintain order during the famine, troops are concentrated around Britannia helping to keep order, the Patriarch of Canterbury calls all the faithful of Britannia to God is this time of need. A new series of historical books titled In Europa Imperium is written by renowned historian James Matthews, Volume I In Imperium Phoenix: A look at the Rebirth of Rome, focuses on the near death and then rebirthing of the Eastern Roman Empire. Other works will be written. This book comes on the heels of his first book; Imperium Britannica, chronicling the birth and expansion of the Britannic Empire from its days as a Roman province, to Albion, and to the current Empire. He releases two new volumes this year, Imperium Galliae From Division to World Power, and Imperium Hispania: Nation of World's Desire. Work continues on Vol V, Imperium Austria: The Rise and Fall of Central Europe's Domineering Power. The recent border clashes raise tensions between Scandinavia and Britannia has many colonists believe that the Scandinavians are behind the raids on inland communities. A new postion, High Governor is established. The High Governor is an appointed position and is the final authority between the local governors of the L'nu and New Cambridgeshire and the Crown of Britannia. The High Governor, in his first act as governor, declares Britannic protection over the Iroquois as well as trade preferences between the tribes of the new world. This move was made in effort to calm the native raids and to keep other rivals at bay. Tensions in the north of Borealia push the nation on the brink of war. The military begins drafting proposals. William Overton develops the slide rule. He also is hard at work building a device that he claims will "revolutionize the world". This is in case I have to post for Andy, if not he can change this post as he pleases. -Sky
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 54 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populacee. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 32, assists his father. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 4.3 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: A Hungarian Legion is drafted, it is comprised of the hardiest and most violent of men. The economy also grows considerably after repairs are finished on infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. Serbia begins to merge into the Empire's government, and already the region begins to see some benefits. The cheaper tariffs on Serbia's iron ore helps out Serbian merchants, while the population grows thanks to increased and cheaper food imports. With the call to arms by Bavaria, the Imperial government decides to declare war on Hamburg, citing the alliance with Bavaria and Scandinavia as well as some territorial ambitions. As such, 50,000 troops and seige weapons are sent north to assist the allied efforts. The offer of the Austrians is accepted and an NAP goes into force.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally united by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into. The annexation of Neu Hamburg is celebrated, as the north and southern areas are finally united by land. However, to keep stability within Neu Hamburg, The nobles (for now) are appointed control of the area. The German population of the former colony of Neu Hamburg are encouraged to move to the Prussian colony, and are also encouraged to learn Greek. Most have been killed in the war by skirmishes with the Empire's native allies, and most of the rest are encouraged to leave. The city of New Hamburg is renamed Theodoropolis.
 * This year, in Aegypt, King Kapakos I finalizes the vassalization of the northernmost Nubian vassal and works on the economy. MORE TO COME.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1625, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 59, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1625, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to be married.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. Military operations in Kotte are continued, with many rebellious citizens being arrested.
 * Minahasa: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Minahasa is created out of a series of eastern settlements in the East Indies. We begin converting and assimilating the natives. The largest settlement, known as Manado, is designated as the region capital. The settlement’s fortifications are expanded, and a military garrison is stationed in the city to protect settlers from native attacks. A dock is also constructed and expanded to facilitate trade ships. A company of two thousand soldiers is sent by the Dutch East India Company to the Banda Islands in order to force the local inhabitants to accept the Dutch trade monopoly on the lucrative nutmeg, grown almost exclusively on the Banda islands. The soldiers proceed to massacre most of the 15,000 indigenous inhabitants, establishing a settlement.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1625
Johanne Debuisne shares his work on logarithmic scales with various intellectuals in Europe particularly Spaniard Roberto Valdez and Britannian John Clayton.

'''An uprising in Vocklamarkt, Upper Austria results in a number of rebellious farmers being hanged. '''

'''IMPORTANT: The Compact of Philadelphi will soon expire. Be sure to re-negotiate access with me on chat and sign it at the Second Compact of Philadelphi. Note: No nation given access in the first treaty will be denied access in the second treaty. Thanks, Rex'''
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 55. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 469,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 321,000. Sulimen IV requests a wife to rule his nation with him. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We increase our relations with Diyabakir and continue vassalizing the territory (Turn Four of Eleven). As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 26.3 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed.  With lack of response from the other nations, Sultan Sulimen IV is voted Sultan of the UIN. The royal wedding is taken place. Spending over 62,000 stravton on the occasion. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla. They are twins. The Sultan sends ships, gold, glass, and guns to the Mansuriyya Sultanate to prove his graditude to the ancient ally. As they celebrate their 100 year alliance commemoration.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan merges into the Damascan Sultanate, through relation of the Kurdistan regents.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 345,000. Jerusalem and the Palestinian vassal has quathed all fighting, and it now is quite peaceful. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Palestine begins expanding economy and continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 65,000. Economy expands.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Damascan - Mansurryian Sultanate: We accept the Sultan's beautiful 22 year old daughter and Mansurryian Princess Ablah Ibn Nuquad for Sulimen IV's wife. 
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Whilst negotiations with Rome, Scandinavia and Bavaria continue, Hamburg works on rebuilding the infrastructure damaged in the Elbe War. Duke Karl authorizes new explorations into the mostly unmapped Pacific Ocean. With the Compact of Philadelphi expiring, diplomats are sent to negotiate Hamburgs continued use of the canal.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Karsland (Neu Hamburg): following the invasion by Reme, Karsland begins re-organizing and improving its militias.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to fortify their territory.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. Seeing the effect and outcome of the recent edict Samir II removes the edict, so hopefully the market can get back on track. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir II orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A very small amount more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, and reaches _____. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir II continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir II also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded due to the economy, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. A very small amount of the Kotte army are given training and weapons like the Raigaman army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * MOD HELP NEEDED: I need an estimation on Raigaman and Kotte population. In 1580s, Raigaman population was about 250,000 and Kotte population was 50,000.
 * Your Population in Kotte is about 90,000. Your population in Raiagama is about 450,000. Saamwiil
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses. A colony is established in OTL Fiji after a couple of explorers reach it early this year.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military is built up, mainly in the cavalry department, where new tactics and equipment is tested out amongst the Comital Cavalry Guard. Regent Mary holds a ball for all of Oldenburg society, making her quite popular. The secretive Regency Council still maintains governmental control. In other news, Neu Norderney expands 200px down the coast.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The economy grows well thanks to the sound economic management of the new Prince-Bishop. The stability and security of his reign increases his popularity amongst the people, but there is still discontent at his lack of interestingness.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: A High Sachem is elected for the first time to presie over the Council of Sachems. The unanimous winner is Balthasar Mistahi, the recently baptized Sachem who recently proposed syncreticism. In resposne to last year's declaration, many Christians quickly readopt shamanist practices, while many shamanists adopt Christian practices. Only ultraorthodox minorites of both groups refuse to adopt syncreticism. German continues to spread. The nation expands 5000 km; Winipakw expands 500 km. The new fleet continues to improve trade, especially with Europe, during summer months, and two new ships are completed this year, bringing the fleet to a total of 28 ships. Relations with Scandinavia improve.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska improves its military, while Christianity continues to spread.
 * Chisasibi: The economy is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisiasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Kapuskasing: The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuang, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,530,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers.|onteli mathematician !aha hu So share his Te Panhon-Siponen with the Dutch colleague Johanne Debuisne, who begins to work on them.
 * Wu China: We try to continue to put down revolts, we dedicate the entire year to military.
 * Iroquois: Due to weak leadership and infighting, the Iroquois have degenerated over the past twenty years into a war-torn region with little to no central authority. A Mohawk village is attacked by Scandinavian settlers due to a dispute over hunting grounds. The warlike Mohawk, enraged, completely disregard the nonaggression pact with Scandinavia and declare war on them, seeing that they are weak. Over the course of the year, all Iroquois tribes declare war on Scandinavia for their own various reasons and Susquehanna and Erie, once only vassals of the Iroquois by name, band closer together with the western tribes (Wenro, Senaca, Cayuga, and Onondaga) and fight the Scandinavians. The tribes fully mobilize and use what little knowledge of siege weapons we have to attack Scandinavian settlements.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested. The Sabor regains more power and is restructured, including more noble families, primarily Ragusan and Hungarian as well as the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven and a colonial representative
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in the world following the collapse of China. This has led to the Spanish economy becoming the dominant trading force on many economies in europe. Hispania undergoes reforms in the military using new firearms which are easier to load to reform the Carolingian infantry into a more organized and powerful line infantry force. The East India Company, and the South China Sea Company begin to co-opt a plan to establish a large trade route from Europe into Asia with Spain offering a much more preferable deal with this toward Asian and European nations requiring no massive deposit of gold. The Route will run to the Port of Gibraltar where all ships will be registered for their trip, they will then sail to the Canaries, then Cape Verde, Protectorate of Oyo, Kingdom of the Kongo, then Cape Ferdinand, this is followed by a trip to Madagasikara if going to Asia, and Kilwa if going to the Middle East. This will complete the trade route to circumvent the canal. During the trip only appointed ports will be used to stop off. The Entire trip will have a flat tax for an registered trip, and an unregistered trip will be taxed at all points.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is put low at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. Cochin begins to expand into the disorganized territory to the south in search of more resources (50 px).
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: With the holding of Shanghai the Spanish China Sea Company establishes its official control set up by a few opportunists who left the Spanish East India Company. The Company reports directly to the royal governor of the Philippines and the Spaniards immediately establish a heavy trade route from Shanghai to Manila and connect the city and surrounding territory to the Spanish Global trade network. The City holds a large Sepoy force of 7000 paid professional Chinese troops which are given special rights in exchange for their total loyalty to the Empire. The economy of the area is bolstered by many goods that while previously only accessable from India are now directly accessable by the Spanish in china leading to Shanghai becoming a massive hub of trade in Asia for the Spanish. The Company also hires Japanese Pirates as foot soldiers nearing nearly 1000 to serve as commerce raiders as well as a backup foot soldier to the Chinese just in case. Shanghai has an estimates 230,000 people and growing as many failed Chinese traders flood the area with goods to save their failing businesses. Shanghai is left as well with 20 ships of the Spanish navy so the city has time to make money before it purchases its own naval forces.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 55 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 33, assists his father. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 4.47 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: A Hungarian Legion is drafted, it is comprised of the hardiest and most violent of men. The economy also grows considerably after repairs are finished on infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds, and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Aegypt: Develops its economy and continues to influence Nobatia. MORE TO COME.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. Serbia begins to merge into the Empire's government, and already the region begins to see some benefits. The cheaper tariffs on Serbia's iron ore helps out Serbian merchants, while the population grows thanks to increased and cheaper food imports. With the call to arms by Bavaria, the Imperial government decides to declare war on Hamburg, citing the alliance with Bavaria and Scandinavia as well as some territorial ambitions. As such, 50,000 troops and seige weapons are sent north to assist the allied efforts. The offer of the Austrians is accepted and an NAP goes into force.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally united by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into. The annexation of Neu Hamburg is celebrated, as the north and southern areas are finally united by land. However, to keep stability within Neu Hamburg, The nobles (for now) are appointed control of the area. The German population of the former colony of Neu Hamburg are encouraged to move to the Prussian colony, and are also encouraged to learn Greek. Most have been killed in the war by skirmishes with the Empire's native allies, and most of the rest are encouraged to leave. The city of New Hamburg is renamed Theodoropolis.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 90 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The Sultan is becoming ill, and is projected to die within the next ten years, and thus prepares for his twleve year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, to take his place as Sultan during the next ten years. With the Sultan dying and his son growing up, The Grand Council take power for this transitionary ten years. 
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses.  Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. Bhārata kā asalī rājakumāra, after his brother's actions, decides to offer amnesty to the rioters who disband now (Mod Response). The اردو کی زمین شاہی گارڈ, are displeased with this apparent weakness in the leader who they believed they utterly controlled.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1625, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 59, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1625, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Pskov continues to profit tremendously from many thingss. agricultural revolutiobn happens, wages rise as well as the standard of living. The economic golden age continues.
 * The Republic of Narva continues its democratization process. Knyaz-Namestnik Volkov announces he plans to step down as Prince eventually and give the position to a local, once a reliable government can be set up, so that the Narvans can have a better home-rule. More military buildbup occurs as the navy grows. The small town at the mouth of the Narva begins to construct a harbour suitable to be the HQ of the Navy.
 * The PIC continues to grow its profits. The small outpost in Namibia grows once mroe ths year, as more people are sent exploring and to support exploration. The Colonies in the Americas enjoy growth as well, but mostly in the money and population departments. More soldiers are sent this year to Kilwa to "protect" the miners. The local authorities begin to not buy it ... the time for the fake pirate plan begins ...
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions.. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions.. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.

1626
Frenchman, Jean Val Jean, creates a method for blood transfusion.

- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HPIos2mXbUE - All I have to say. Stephanus rex (talk) 00:34, September 15, 2014 (UTC)

'''A very high tide occurs this year in England, causing the highest ever recorded tide on the Thames. The sea walls in Kent, Essex, and Lincolnshire are overrun with water, and a number of fields near the sea are destroyed. '''

'''An earthquake occurs in southern Italy, causing severe damage in the city of Naples and other surrounding areas. 10,000 people die in Naples and many more are displaced after the destruction of their homes and left starving in the streets. '''

'''The Emperor of Ethiopia and the Patriarch declare the primacy of the Roman See over the Ethiopian church. Roman Catholicism is made the official religion in Ethiopia. '''

'''Yue is looked up to by the neighbouring states, being the starter of the revolt, and the one progressing the most in literature, and government. The Li Generals, leading in a triumvirate with the King of Yue, have emphasised Mencian principles, starting mass charity programs. '''

Rogue Muslim bands, in an attempt to regain dominance in Aegypt bombard sections of the canal, and throw whatever possible in it to clog it up.

'''Angered by the artificial split of their former lands, East Trier and East Cologne launch a revolt against the nation of Westphalia. The former vassals of Paderborn, Berg, and Westfalen are also convinced to join in revolt, angered by recent wars, after the ruler of Westfalen is killed in a brief battle in the area. (Undoubled scores for all five nations: Military: 10, Economy: 7, Infrastructure: 5). '''


 * Since this is practically neutering a powerful European nation, can we know who made this event to prevent any possible bias? Thanks, 03:36, September 15, 2014 (UTC)
 * I highly doubt the need for this event. Actually, Westphalia (as Hesse), has been often targetted by such revolt events and I believe it's just because Westphalia is a threat to Hamburg. I think the identity of the creator of this event should be public so that it can be determined if it is biased or not. Sky Green 24 (Party,quotes) 20:35, September 15, 2014 (UTC)
 * The only people that have shown any issues with the split that was made during the conquest were MS Euc and Tr0llis, which in all regards are beyond biased. This event needs to be reviewed because I'm not letting it stand as is. This is absolutely ridiculous. -Feud


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Infrastructure repairs continue. In the military, three new modified two-decker ships are commissioned into the navy. Road projects are again begun.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy expanded.
 * Karsland: Economic improvements are made following the war.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions.. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 56. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 472,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 325,000. Sulimen IV requests a wife to rule his nation with him. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We increase our relations with Diyabakir and continue vassalizing the territory (Turn Five of Eleven). As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 26.4 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 3. They are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. The Damascan Sultanate sends support (weapons, money, and militia captains) into the country to help aid the rebels. Damascus begins gaining influence in the western part of the Sinai peninsula, as well as influence in Cairo where a major Arabic population has developed. Damascus asks that Yemen and Mansuriyya Sultanates aid them as well. Damascus declares war against Aegypt and commandeers an assualt against them, asking their allies to join. Requesting: Urdustan, Yemen, Tartary, and Mansuriyaa. Damascus does this to aid the rogue Muslims.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan merges into the Damascan Sultanate, through relation of the Kurdistan regents. Azerbaijan merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 351,000. Jerusalem and the Palestinian vassal has quathed all fighting, and it now is quite peaceful. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. Palestine begins expanding economy. Palestine merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 60,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 90 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The Sultan is becoming ill, and is projected to die within the next ten years, and thus prepares for his twleve year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, to take his place as Sultan during the next ten years. With the Sultan dying and his son growing up, The Grand Council take power for this transitionary ten years. 
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We declare support for our Muslim brothers in Aegypt by supplying them. We declare war on Aegypt and send 50,000 troops and supplies to invade Aegypt and the Sultan's son shall lead our forces there. 
 * Ming China: The Chinese begin building up their military to defend their borders and potentially reclaim lost territory.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that atleast 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with the Damascus Sultanate although trade with Bengal, Mansuriyya, Roman Empire and Bengal, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan ordered the assailants to be put to death and announced equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he ordered the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn Five of Five); a move which angered many clerics but most of them restrained from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. With the recent purchase of the Masirah Island, Yemeni influence drastically increased in the Arabian Sea and a minor port was constructed at the island. Eco Turn and Infra Turn.
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. The infrastructure was rapidly developed and many men were employed to capture and sell slaves from neighbouring areas Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of Al Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al Somal had been gotten ridden off in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Miner ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to al Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: We request the Sultanate of Yemen joins us to help our Muslim brothers in Aeygpt.
 * Yemeni - Mansurriyya - Damascan Diplomacy: We shall support the Muslims and also aid the Damascan Sultanate
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. War continues against Scandinavia into this year, and negotiations begin to end the war.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses. A colony is established in OTL Fiji after a couple of explorers reach it early this year.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,530,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers.
 * County of Oldenburg: The unrest in neighbouring countries seriously disturbs Regent Mary and her puppet-masters; the Regency Council. The army is mobilised, expanded, and made to patrol the border. The landwehr is also mobilised. Halfway through the year, Regent Mary's daughter Proserpina turns sixteen, and is officially debuted to Oldenburger society. Her stunning beauty, flowing red locks, pearly white complexion and rapier intelligence soon makes her the most admired person in the entire country. The nation's poets compose poems in the Unfertigkeit style, foremost amongst them Richard Vormann's Unsere Prinzessin: "Our Princess shines like a radiant moon, her every movement is golden. Her beauty is as". It is hailed as a landmark work of Unfertigkeit poetry, with commentators arguing that the unfinished simile creates a world of possibilities to the reader. Detractors of the style see the work as simply poor poetry. In Neu Norderney, missionary work continues, and many natives have been converted.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The university grows.
 * In the Empire of Aegypt, Kapakos is infuriated by a string of small and localized, but effective, terror attacks along the Philadelphi Canal. He announces that the terrorists are not traditional Muslims but rather extreme jihadists that have yet to recognize the doctrines of Assafi'ism, as have 79% of all Muslims in Aegypt. This encourages Kapakos to a) hold off on the negotiations of the Second Compact of Philadelphi, and b) take steps to ease any and all barriers that impact Assafi'ists while redoubling the dedication to barriers against militant sects of Sunni and Shi'ite Islam. We militarize the Philadelphi Canal. Trade continues with our southern Nubian neighbors, especially Nobatia, which continues to be influenced. We work to build relations with the land of Ethiopia, with whom we have close dynastic ties. al-Swahili, with its significant Christian population, continues to be traded with and we finance the construction of a large church there. The local prince and heir, Abusu Hasani, begins to practice Christianity in some degree of secrecy, and is married to Kapakos' younger sister, Amoraia. This comes along with a series of trade deals secured with al-Swahili that ensure the region will continue to benefit both parties. We work continually to help widen the Philadelphi Canal using all available technology. Settlement and de-desertification of the Sahara continues, making slow-but-steady progress. Along the Nile and its offshoot rivers, some small water mills are constructed. All of the overseas trade ports (Port Sahel, Nestoria, Milh, and Katrina) continue to be vital assets to the Aegyptian economy. They all expand their militaries in order to continue to protect themselves in an environment that is always growing more dangerous. From these trading posts, we send ships out to Yue, with whom we begin to negotiate terms for the eventual opening of important ports, such as the one at Hong Kong/Macau, in which Aegyptian traders take great interest. With some mathematical advances taking place in Europe, we work to make the University of Alexandria more attractive to the great minds of the world. The navy is improved with construction of a number of mid-sized ships, such as the galleass program. Cotton production continues to expand. Altogether, this engenders greater economic growth and development.
 * Aegyptian Diplomacy: We request that all nations dedicated to the preservation of Christianity in the Near East cut off all trade to Muslim states that are supporting these terrorist groups until the issue is resolved. We begin by embargoing all states that send aid to these rebels
 * Yemen - Aegypt Diplomacy: Aegypt is hereby prohibited from using the Mandeb straits
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,500,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (110,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu (755,000), Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the thorne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code creates a limited parliment, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliment can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code offically passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 360,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * .Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuang, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in the world following the collapse of China. This has led to the Spanish economy becoming the dominant trading force on many economies in europe. Hispania undergoes reforms in the military using new firearms which are easier to load to reform the Carolingian infantry into a more organized and powerful line infantry force. The East India Company, and the South China Sea Company begin to co-opt a plan to establish a large trade route from Europe into Asia with Spain offering a much more preferable deal with this toward Asian and European nations requiring no massive deposit of gold. The Route will run to the Port of Gibraltar where all ships will be registered for their trip, they will then sail to the Canaries, then Cape Verde, Protectorate of Oyo, Kingdom of the Kongo, then Cape Ferdinand, this is followed by a trip to Madagasikara if going to Asia, and Kilwa if going to the Middle East. This will complete the trade route to circumvent the canal. During the trip only appointed ports will be used to stop off. The Entire trip will have a flat tax for an registered trip, and an unregistered trip will be taxed at all points.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is put low at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai due to its presence on the mainland of China proper becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Chinese Sepoya troops are decreased from 7000 to 3000 while Japanese mercenaries and pirates are hired to serve as troops with nearly 5000 of these troops hired and deployed. The South China Sea Company officially purchases its first 20 military warships top of the line from Spain.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. Seeing the effect and outcome of the recent edict Samir II removes the edict, so hopefully the market can get back on track. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir II orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A very small amount more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir II continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir II also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded due to the economy, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. A very small amount of the Kotte army are given training and weapons like the Raigaman army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy . Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested. The Tsar also issues a linguistic reform, putting the glagolitic script back into official use.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * Dacian Dip: We ask Croatia to assist us in Aegypt, promising free access to the canal there.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: A High Sachem is elected for the first time to preside over the Council of Sachems. The unanimous winner is Balthasar Mistahi, the recently baptized Sachem who recently proposed syncreticism. In response to last year's declaration, many Christians quickly readopt shamanist practices, while many shamanists adopt Christian practices. Only ultraorthodox minorites of both groups refuse to adopt syncreticism. German continues to spread. The nation improves its military; Winipakw expands 375 km. The new fleet continues to improve trade, especially with Europe, during summer months, and two new ships are completed this year, bringing the fleet to a total of 30 ships. Relations with Scandinavia improve, and aid is sent to them in the war against the Iroquois.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska improves its military, while Christianity continues to spread. Nemaska sends 3000 men to fight with the Scandinavians.
 * Chisasibi: The economy is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisiasibi to th rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve. Chsiasibi sends its fresh military to Scandinavia's help, with a total of 4000 men.
 * Kapuskasing: The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 56 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 34, assists his father. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 4.56 million and rising. In order to save Christendom in Egypt an army of 35,000 is raised in crusade. In addition to the troops, 80 ships are sent as well as large siege guns and Culverini. The army intends to occupy the nation in order to prevent the spread of Islam, although as a side motive the securing of the Philadelphi canal is a major objective. War Declared on Aegypt.(Note: This is a separate war)
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: A Hungarian Legion is drafted, it is comprised of the hardiest and most violent of men. The economy also grows considerably after repairs are finished on infrastructure.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence. The regional military stays on high alert.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. Serbia begins to merge into the Empire's government, and already the region begins to see some benefits. The cheaper tariffs on Serbia's iron ore helps out Serbian merchants, while the population grows thanks to increased and cheaper food imports. Faced with the unprecendented change of events in Egypt, the Imperial government faces no other option and joins its allies in securing the canal and Egypt's Christians from the Muslim threat. A force of 100,000 soldiers with siege weapons and 350 ships embark from Constantinople in order to save the region from the Muslims.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally united by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into.
 * Pskov continues to profit tremendously from many things. agricultural revolutiobn happens, wages rise as well as the standard of living. The economic golden age continues. Pskov continues to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland. Meanwhile, Logarithmic scales are adopted as useful in certain circumstances. That, along with negative numbers, begin to be taught in the University of Pskov. The GDP of the nation grows along with more trade. The Mint and Bank of Pskov decide to keep at least 10% of the currency they hold in the name of their customers in gold or silver in reserves at all times (i.e. it can't use all the money to lend or invest). Meanwhile, PIC promissory notes begin to become popular amongst some merchants because it's a nice convenient way to store large amounts of money in light weights. However, some despise them due to the fact that if you lose a 100 zolotnik note ... you just lost a shit-tonne of money. A contingent of 1000 soldiers is sent to Africa. The Duchy of Ingria starts to be influenced by Pskov.
 * The Republic of Narva continues its democratization process. Knyaz-Namestnik Volkov announces he plans to step down as Prince eventualy and give the position to a local, once a reliable government can be set up, so that the Narvans can have better home rule. More military buildbup occurs as the navy grows. The small town at the mouth of the Narva begins to construct a harbour suitable to be the HQ of the Navy.
 * The PIC continues to grow its profits. The small outpost in Namibia grows once mroe ths year, as more people are sent exploring and to support exploration. The Colonies in the Americas enjoy growth as well, but mostly in the money and population departments. More soldiers are sent this year to Kilwa to "protect" the miners. The local authorities begin to not buy it ... the time for the fake pirate plan begins ... next year. More people get suspicious of our intentions ... we must act quickly. After analyzing their military capabilities, the head of the PIC mission in Africa sends a confidential report to the Grand Prince. An excerpt: "The Nation in which we are currently building our mines is dutifuly unprepared for war. The Zimabewan coast nation has little money, from all of our cover operations, we have discovered that they own remarkably few miliary machines, they have less than 500 muskets, and fewer than 30 guns, mostly around the caputal city. If we begin our operations quickly and outside the capital, we may find ourselves in a position to overwhelm their forces in less than two winters."
 * Settlements/Outpost by foreign powers in Namibia have been deemed implausible, twice. The only European that can probably settle there are the Spanish, as they already have adjacent territory.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses.  Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. Bhārata kā asalī rājakumāra, after his brother's actions, decides to offer amnesty to the rioters who disband now (Mod Response). The اردو کی زمین شاہی گارڈ, are displeased with this apparent weakness in the leader who they believed they utterly controlled.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.

1627
'''An arts society is formed in France called the Population Unis des Trop Artistique, Inventeurs et des Naissances Sociétaire. Which is shortened to PUTAINS.'''


 * I see what you did there ...-Lx (leave me a message)Azarath Flag.png 00:41, September 16, 2014 (UTC)

A series of major witch trials occurs in Würzburg, Bavaria, leading to the mass execution of hundreds of people living in the city.

'''Barbary Pirates launch a series of raids on the island of Iceland, known as the Tyrkjaránið, or Turkish Abductions. Two separate raids from Algiers and Salé descend on the towns of Grindavík, on the southwestern coast, Berufjörður and Breiðdalur, in the Austfirðir (the East Fjords) and Vestmannaeyjar (islands off the south coast). Up to nine hundred people are kidnapped to be sold into slavery, making the attacks one of the most damaging raids on Icelandic history.'''

'''The rulers of Bahrain embrace Mansuriyya Sultanate rule, having long since abandoned protection under Alexandria following their many internal struggles and subsequent collapse. All ties between Bahrain and the Egypt are cut upon the ascension of the new regime in the region.'''

'''Aceh rejects recent Ayutthayan attempts to influence them, as to the differences in culture, and Aceh’s recent revolt against Ayutthayan. Any attempts to make them into a vassal will result in war, proclaims the Sultan.'''


 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, Urraca Manrique de Lara gives birth to a girl, who is named Maria.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that atleast 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with the Damascus Sultanate although trade with Bengal, Mansuriyya, Roman Empire and Bengal, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan ordered the assailants to be put to death and announced equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he ordered the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn Five of Five); a move which angered many clerics but most of them restrained from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. With the recent purchase of the Masirah Island, Yemeni influence drastically increased in the Arabian Sea and a minor port was constructed at the island. Attacks are launched upon Aegypt Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. The infrastructure was rapidly developed and many men were employed to capture and sell slaves from neighbouring areas Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of Al Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al Somal had been gotten ridden off in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Miner ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to al Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 57. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 479,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 327,000. Sulimen IV requests a wife to rule his nation with him. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. We increase our relations with Diyabakir and continue vassalizing the territory (Turn Six of Eleven). As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 26.4 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 3. They are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. The Damascan Sultanate sends support (weapons, money, and militia captains) into the country to help aid the rebels. Damascus begins gaining influence in the western part of the Sinai peninsula, as well as influence in Cairo where a major Arabic population has developed. Jerusalem grows to 362,000.
 * If you want a vassal, you can go to war for it. There are currently way to many peaceful vassalisations.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan merges into the Damascan Sultanate, through relation of the Kurdistan regents. Azerbaijan merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 60,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Pskov: Orchestrates a declaration of war on the small Zimbabwean state. THey hire some pirates to attack, and then declare war after they sink an unmanned ship. The small Zimbabwean state already has 2500 Pskovian troops, which are used in the invasion. The Veche approves of this after hearing the case of the ship flying the Pskovian flag was sunk by ones flying the Zimbabwean naval jack. THey are so angry they decide the state must die ... eventually. The war operations are handed down to the President of the PIC, who hands them down to the newly-appointed Governor General of Pskovian Africa. Nikolai Grigorievich Romanov.-Lx (leave me a message)Azarath Flag.png 01:28, September 16, 2014 (UTC)
 * Narva: Declares war in support of Pskov, sending its own contingent of about five hundred soldiers. Meanwhile, domestically, the agri-revolution continues.
 * The PIC begins operations in that African nation ... whatever it's called. Meanwhile, lots of rum and money is made due to exclusive trade deals with most colonies in the Americas, due to good abassadoring on behalf of Pskov.
 * Zimbabwe doesn't have a coast?
 * Whatever, that nation thing on the coast bordering Zimbabwe ... I don't know its name but you know the one I mean.
 * Vorlayacor: With the population beginning to stabilize and northwestern growth slowing down, money and resources can now be allocated to other areas. Tapuia myths are transcribed and spread around the country, while the first churches are built in the northwest. The army continues its training, and the doraks continue to be renovated.
 * Westphalia: Moritz I, after losing much of his family fortune in investing in the War of the Elbe, quickly runs the royal family dry of any money. His expectations of gaining the industrial areas in Munster and the cities in Bruchhausen to tax were not met. The war reparations not being nearly enough to recover from the amount lost, he abdicates the throne. Officially, it was.due to quickly deteriorating health, which is also true. Wilhelm V, the disgruntled 25 year old son of Moritz I, takes the throne. He is not very fond of Bavaria, and is easily one of the more aggressive rulers Westphalia has had within recent memory. The military is built up.
 * East Cologne: The military is built up.
 * East Trier: The military is built up.
 * Mainz: The military is built up.
 * Palatine: The military is built up.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses. A colony is established in OTL Fiji after a couple of explorers reach it early this year
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1627, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 61, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1627, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * County of Oldenburg: The economy does quite well this year thanks to strong profits from the OHG and growth in the banks. Princess Proserpina takes part in some official events this year, becoming more popular and beloved by the day. Rumours abound of her impending betrothal to this noble or that, but none has yet proven true.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Episcopal Bank expands its operations.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,560,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,500,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (110,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu (755,000), Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the thorne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code Creates a limited parliment, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliment can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code offically passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 360,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: War declared on Aegypt (would have done it last turn although wasn't sure when it was happening).Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese. The king of Tibet asks the leader of Si Chuan if his son can marry his daughter. We want to better our relations with you. (mod response, please) 
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Si Chuan declines the offer made by Tibet.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in the world following the collapse of China. The Spanish fleet officially established the african trade route for larger ships unable to navigate the narrow canal in Egypt seeing many early adopters mostly of the most massive Spanish trade nations.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied Culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is put low at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai due to its presence on the mainland of China proper becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Chinese Sepoya troops are decreased from 7000 to 3000 while Japanese mercenaries and pirates are hired to serve as troops with nearly 5000 of these troops hired and deployed. The South China Sea Company officially purchases its first 20 military warships top of the line from Spain.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. Seeing the effect and outcome of the recent edict Samir II removes the edict, so hopefully the market can get back on track. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir II orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A very small amount more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir II continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir II also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded due to the economy, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. A very small amount of the Kotte army are given training and weapons like the Raigaman army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions.. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: A High Sachem is elected for the first time to preside over the Council of Sachems. The unanimous winner is Balthasar Mistahi, the recently baptized Sachem who recently proposed syncreticism. In response to last year's declaration, many Christians quickly readopt shamanist practices, while many shamanists adopt Christian practices. Only ultraorthodox minorites of both groups refuse to adopt syncreticism. German continues to spread. The nation improves its economy; Winipakw expands 375 km. The new fleet continues to improve trade, especially with Europe, during summer months, and one new ship is completed this year, bringing the fleet to a total of 31 ships. Relations with Scandinavia improve.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska improves its economy, while Christianity continues to spread.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisiasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve. Chsiasibi sends its fresh military to Scandinavia's help, with a total of 4000 men.
 * Kapuskasing: The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 90 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The Sultan is becoming ill, and is projected to die within the next ten years, and thus prepares for his twleve year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, to take his place as Sultan during the next ten years. With the Sultan dying and his son growing up, The Grand Council take power for this transitionary ten years. 
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We declare support for our Muslim brothers in Aegypt by supplying them. We declare war on Aegypt and send 50,000 troops and supplies to invade Aegypt and the Sultan's son shall lead our forces there. We continue the war in Aegypt and we have 50,000 more troops ready to invade if need be.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 56 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 34, assists his father. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 4.65 million and rising. As the population rockets upward mass migration of Romanians into southern Kiev and some areas of East Hungary.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: A Hungarian Legion is drafted, it is comprised of the hardiest and most violent of men. The economy also grows considerably after repairs are finished on infrastructure. The influx of Romanians allows any vacant land to be filled quickly.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. Serbia begins to merge into the Empire's government, and already the region begins to see some benefits. The cheaper tariffs on Serbia's iron ore helps out Serbian merchants, while the population grows thanks to increased and cheaper food imports. Faced with the unprecendented change of events in Egypt, the Imperial government faces no other option and joins its allies in securing the canal and Egypt's Christians from the Muslim threat. A force of 100,000 soldiers with siege weapons and 350 ships embark from Constantinople in order to save the region from the Muslims.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally united by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses.  Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. Bhārata kā asalī rājakumāra, after his brother's actions, decides to offer amnesty to the rioters who disband now (Mod Response). The اردو کی زمین شاہی گارڈ, are displeased with this apparent weakness in the leader who they believed they utterly controlled.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.

1628
A few hundred Basques form a city near the Southern tip of Greenland called Hiriak.

'''Yue has a content and growing populace, with many immigrants. This can be traced to the government's decision to more highly value the philosopher Mencius. The Li Brothers emphasise in the increase in literacy, though only having a goal of 10% literacy rate. '''

'''In the Torres Strait, the Muralag group, armed with superior Murrikuyuwyanga-sourced weaponry, invades and conquers the other petty kingdoms and chiefdoms of the Torres Strait. By the end of the year, all the islands in the strait, as well as the colonies in Papua New Guinea and Cape York, are united under one chief, who names himself King. Displaced members of the defeated groups escape and set up exile communities on the Queensland coast of the Gulf of Carpentaria. '''

'''In Italy, a small cult is founded, dedicating itself to the worship of Chin Chin. Its founder Francisco, says to have gotten messages from Chin Chin through “the Salamander Man”, and El Hombre Rosado. The cult often goes out of town to perform rituals, as it involves much yelling and nudity.''' in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied Culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that atleast 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with the Damascus Sultanate although trade with Bengal, Mansuriyya, Roman Empire and Bengal, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan ordered the assailants to be put to death and announced equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he ordered the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn Five of Five); a move which angered many clerics but most of them restrained from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. With the recent purchase of the Masirah Island, Yemeni influence drastically increased in the Arabian Sea and a minor port was constructed at the island. Attacks are launched upon Aegypt Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. The infrastructure was rapidly developed and many men were employed to capture and sell slaves from neighbouring areas Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of Al Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al Somal had been gotten ridden off in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Miner ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to al Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4600 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien Mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses. A colony is established in OTL Fiji after a couple of explorers reach it early this year. The kingdom officially asks the Croatian nation to send settlers from Dalmatian descent due to relative proximity.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,560,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc.
 * County of Oldenburg: Princess Proserpina is open to marriage proposals from foreign rulers and nobility. The stunning princess continues to be doted on by the population. Her intelligence and horseriding prowess are also much admired. The Frisian Regiment appoints her Honorary Colonel. The princess takes her new role very seriously, attending parades and spending her own personal money to better equip "her" regiment. Regent Mary and her Regency Council send representatives to the Basques in Greenland. They recognise their settlement and offer them assistance, on the condition that they do not infringe on Oldenburger territorial claims. The port facilities in Greenland and Neu Baltrum are improved.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Prince-Bishop creates a new choir for the City Cathedral of Saint Andrew hand-picking the finest young male singers in Oldenburg and Osnabruck. Some unfortunate boys are castrated to allow them to maintain their angelic high voices. The population is surprised by the workaholic and somewhat puritan Bishop's interest and talent in music.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: Wolfgang I asks how old is Princess Proserpina, as there are a number of suitors in his family who might fancy the princess.
 * Nehilaw Diplomacy: The High Sachem of the Nehilaw, Balthasar Mistahi, would, if the Princess is amenable, like the Princess' hand in marriage.
 * Oldenburger Diplomacy: Princess Proserpina is 18 years of age.
 * Ayutthaya: We decide to take all our military out of Aceh due to the recent uprising but we make it clear to the ruler of Aceh that They will surely fall under colonial rule if they do not accept Ayutthaya. [MOD RESPONSE PLEASE] By the way, sorry about being off the website for a while. I'm tied up with HW at the moment. 
 * Mod Response: They decline.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese. The king of Tibet asks the leader of Uighur if his son can marry his daughter. We want to better our relations with you. (mod response, please)
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy
 * Mod Response: we will increase relations but there will be no marriage.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 58. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 415,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 26.4 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 4. They are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. The Damascan Sultanate sends support (weapons, money, and militia captains) into the country to help aid the rebels. Damascus begins gaining influence in the western part of the Sinai peninsula, as well as influence in Cairo where a major Arabic population has developed. Jerusalem grows to 370,000. Over 200,000 soldiers are sent to fight in Aegypt.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 30-35 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk. With the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands. Merges into Aleppraqht.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands. With the new merger of territories, Aleppraqht becomes an official vassal of the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 60,000. Economy expands. Merges into Aleppraqht.
 * Dhubab: The new port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Mecadinala (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern vassal state in Yemen, begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Economy expands.
 * I thought you said you were going to give the Northern Vassal back to me ... Now you plan to annex it RexImperio (talk) 14:34, September 17, 2014 (UTC)
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military.
 * Vorlayacor: Taking into account the last ethnic conflict several decades ago, the Grand Council severely limits logging in the northwest out of respect for Tapuia culture and homes. This does, however, harm the nation's economy and cause a recessions. Mapuche settlers in the northwest relocate back to the coast to find work, prompting an increase in manufacturing and fishing. Machitonis and Nov Xoryan begin to grow as well, although their growth is carefully planned to avoid the urban overcrowding and filth that plagued them for the better part of a century. New areas are shaped like grids and every block has a small, dedicated green space.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai due to its presence on the mainland of China proper becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Chinese Sepoya troops are decreased from 7000 to 3000 while Japanese mercenaries and pirates are hired to serve as troops with nearly 5000 of these troops hired and deployed. The South China Sea Company officially purchases its first 20 military warships top of the line from Spain.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The war with the Iroquois is ended (see talk page). Scandinavia, battered from war, works on rebuilding. In April, John II's brother, Captain Karl Halvar, reveals himself. Halvar, who had been living in Denmark until the war with Austria, states that John II is 'not fit for rule'. John II urges the House of Halvar to disown Karl, removing him from the House of Halvar. To add insult to injury, Karl is placed under arrest. Taking the surname Kristofsen, Karl flees to Denmark and seeks refuge with the House of Griffins. Disunity in the Church begins in Norway and Finland in the meantime. Displaced immigrants from Pomerania and Brandenburg begin to see like-mindedness with the poor in Finland. Political opponents in the Riksdag, especially in the House of Griffins, put pressure on John II to do something about the disunity of religion growing in Scandinavia. The birth rate increases, though the majority of the spikes occur in the poorer areas of Scandinavia. Infant mortality reaches a high unseen since the Second Norse-German War. John II works desperately to increase the economy, providing incentives for the merchants and tradesmen in Stockholm and Copenhagen. John II's adversaries in the Riksdag are not his only troubles. The House of Halvar begins to see him in a negative light. Igor Halvar, a brother of John II, states, "Johann is not a worthy successor to our father's throne." Angered, King John II has Igor blinded and imprisoned.
 * Attawandaron: Improves militia.
 * Huronsmark: The military is established.
 * Iceland: Works to recover from the pirate attack. The military is expanded.
 * Karelia: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * New Gotland: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Strombek: The infrastructure is expanded. Strombek expands by 2000 sq km toward the Hudson Bay.
 * Vinland: The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. Seeing the effect and outcome of the recent edict Samir II removes the edict, so hopefully the market can get back on track. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir II orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A very small amount more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir II continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir II also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded due to the economy, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. A very small amount of the Kotte army are given training and weapons like the Raigaman army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Raigama to Delhi Proposal (MOD HELP): 57 year old Samir II asks if his son, heir of the Raigaman throne (Samir III), can marry a princess of Delhi. This would be to improve relations to tie our dynasties.
 * TO MODS: On the Indian League page, can mods do the vote for AI nations about Raigama joining the Indian League? Thanks.
 * Mod Response: Delhi accepts the offer.
 * Ottawa: The Ottawa under the new Chief Joseph Kaw, the Ottawa tribe begin to improve their infrastructure. influenced from the European colonists they begin to adopt certain European architecture, like cobbled roads and cottage design homes. The birth rate among the tribe takes a small climb and soon the tribes small population of 13,000 grows to 13,500. Chief Meanwhile, Joseph marries a young woman by the name of Anne, a half-German, half-Ottawa daughter of a prospective merchant. As Anne settles down with her new husband, her father Henrich introduces the tribe to the very first musket. Albeit slightly rusted and falling apart, the matchlock musket impresses the gathered tribesmen and they decide to purchase the weapon and several others Henrich had with him.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Books continue to be translated into Cree, and transcribed into the Latin alphabet. The Bible is fairly cheaply available, encouraging the spread of Christianity. German continues to spread also, and several German words are adopted into the Cree language. Balthasar Mistahi sparks a spate of baptisms accross the nation, mainly into German names. Military manuals result in the further expansion of the cavalry sector of the military, especially mounted arquebusiers. The nation improves its economy; Winipakw expands 375 km. The new fleet continues to improve trade with Europe, although construction at the shipyards slows. A trade deal is again requested with Brittany (Mod Response Please).
 * Nemaska: Nemaska improves its economy, while Christianity continues to spread.
 * Chisasibi: The economy is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Kapuskasing: The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * Pskov: Continues its fighting in Maputo. The nation begins to deteriorate quickly. The nation's garrisons and cities fall one after the other, and its small military does only but retreat closer and closer to the capital, its incompetent leaders both mystified and scared of being outnumbered A battle about 100 km away from the capital happens in December, where the entire Maputan military made their last stand, as the Pskovians are able to advance unimpeded, they are spread slightly thin attempting to occupy a large ammount of territory, and with dwindling supplies and rebellious locals, they had a hard time finding the resources short of razing cities to the ground(which they do not want to do, as it would make the locals more rebellious), However, despite the best efforts of the inexperienced Maputan generals, the entire army is massacred by the superior weapons and tactics of Pskov. The advance to the capital continues, and the forces reach it by the end of the year, and deeming only ine thousand troops sufficient to take the entire capital. They start firing the cannons at the walls. Meanwhile, to the south, the entire rest of the nation is occupied, and the PIC flag is hoisted in many cities. The new PIC government institutes the official language of the newly declared possesion of "Zlatobrezhie" (the gold coast) as Russian, however, they need to gain total control of everything, and legitimize their control by a declaratino and treaty from the government of Maputo. Meanwhile, the agricultural revolution creates a surplus of agricultural goods in Pskov, and Pskov becomes, for the first time in history, a net agricultural exporter. Meanwhile, the economic condition of the nation improves, with its GDP rising, the war having minimal effect due to the governement sending only one tenth of the entire army to Africa. Meanwhile, Osel-wiek and Kuramo and The Duchy of INgria continue to be influenced
 * The Republic of Narva: Has the first "elections" for the Riikugu with the majority dominated by Pskovian interests. The Knyaz-Namestnik introduces a bill changing the official name of the head of state to Vurst, a more Estonian Name. The Agricultural revolution continues and the economy of Narva grows due to the influx of Pskovian capital and investment. The Prince-Namestnik introduces legislature before the election of the Riikugu that allowed for less restrictive measures for merchants, and establiushes the Narvan merchant fleet. More ships are purchased from Pskov.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company builds more ships and grows their settlements in Novoprussiysk, and gorws their colonies in the new world. Stuff like Rum becomes very popular. The Namestnik of the PIC in America institues less restrictive trade measures to improve entrepreneurialism. Their trade network in the Caribbean makes them very wrealthy, due to exclusive trade agreements with many states. IN Africa, the Namestnik of the PIC in Africa declares the founding of the PIC posessoin of Zlatobrezhie, meaning Gold Coast in loose translation. The War is going extemely well, with the majority of the nation occupied by the end of the year, and army of Maputo massacred in the battle of [insert name here]. The gold mines are secured, and begin mining their first gold. with little to no resistance, the Pskovians predict that the entire nation will be in their control by next June, by the begining of winter...
 * The PIC posession of Zlatobrezhie is declared this year by Nikolai Grigorievich Romanov, who also announces the official language will be Russian and Old Pskov dialect.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Wu China: We invest our year in economy and military.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 90 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The Sultan is becoming ill, and is projected to die within the next ten years, and thus prepares for his twleve year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, to take his place as Sultan during the next ten years. With the Sultan dying and his son growing up, The Grand Council take power for this transitionary ten years. 
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We declare support for our Muslim brothers in Aegypt by supplying them. We declare war on Aegypt and send 50,000 troops and supplies to invade Aegypt and the Sultan's son shall lead our forces there. We continue the war in Aegypt and we have 50,000 more troops ready to invade if need be.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 57 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 35, assists his father. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 8. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 4.74 million and rising. As the population rockets upward mass migration of Romanians into southern Kiev and some areas of East Hungary occurs.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: A Hungarian Legion is drafted, it is comprised of the hardiest and most violent of men. The legion begins to drill in shock tactics, the first ranks will fire then when they are unloaded, draw swords and charge the enemy. The economy also grows considerably after repairs are finished on infrastructure. The influx of Romanians allows any vacant land to be filled quickly.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1628, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 62, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1628, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. Serbia begins to merge into the Empire's government, and already the region begins to see some benefits. The cheaper tariffs on Serbia's iron ore helps out Serbian merchants, while the population grows thanks to increased and cheaper food imports. Faced with the unprecendented change of events in Egypt, the Imperial government faces no other option and joins its allies in securing the canal and Egypt's Christians from the Muslim threat. A force of 100,000 soldiers with siege weapons and 350 ships embark from Constantinople in order to save the region from the Muslims.
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally united by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1629
'''A Dutch warship is wrecked in the Indian Ocean after patrolling the East Indies. The surviving crew mutinies and attempts to establish a settlement, making them the first Europeans to settle OTL western Australia, although out of contact with the rest of the world the crew’s fate is left unknown, and in Europe it is assumed no survivors remained from the crash.'''

Western Australia borders the Indian Ocean. I'll change it. Callumthered (talk) 22:19, September 18, 2014 (UTC)

Hiriak attracts immigrants from both France and Spain, growing into a city of around a thousand people.

'''The steam turbine is invented by the Spaniard Juan “Commodore” de Coño. He asks for funding for his design.  '''

'''Francisco, head of the new cult, flees secretly to Iceland, fearing his death in Italy. 50 of his followers follow him there.'''

'''Following the end of the war with Scandinavia, the Iroquois fall even further into disarray. Allies of the Iroquois forsake them as the Iroquois union itself begins to descend into a civil war. Contact with Europeans, for the most part, is cut. Due to the war, the Iroquois and their vassals/allies cannot be vassalized at this time.'''


 * After hearing of his invention, the Pskov University convinces the Veche to increase their funding so that they can give some money to Juan de Cono.
 * How about you put this in your turn instead of making intentions in the moderator events?


 * Duchy of Hamburg: infrastructure and roads projects continue, with the vast majority of the damage sustained during the Bavarian invasion being repaired. Exploration missions into the Pacific Ocean are funded, mainly for the purpose of mapping. Meanwhile, diplomats from Hamburg are sent to the Roman Empire and its colony of Reme, proposing actions to ease travel between Reme and Karsland. These include interlinking the road systems between the colonies, and allowing free trade between merchants.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Karsland: The militia is expanded, with native troops joining and aiding in learning the land.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 57 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 35, assists his father. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 8. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 4.83 million and rising. As the population rockets upward mass migration of Romanians into southern Kiev and some areas of East Hungary occurs. 2000 Leu are offered to the inventor of the “Steam Turbine.”
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: A Hungarian Legion is drafted, it is comprised of the hardiest and most violent of men. The legion begins to drill in shock tactics, the first ranks will fire then when they are unloaded, draw swords and charge the enemy. The economy also grows considerably after repairs are finished on infrastructure. The influx of Romanians allows any vacant land to be filled quickly.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Ottawa: Chief Joseph fearing that his tribe's military is not enough to stand up to the powerful European armie he neighbors he begins to improve the tribe's military along with continuing internal improvements. Newly arrived in the tribe area group of Eurpoean missionaries who introduce Protestantism to the tribe, they begn converting the tribe in small groups over from their animist beliefs. Christianity quickly begins to catch on and soon the tribe, including Chief Joseph and his wife convert to Christianity.
 * Pskov's: Armies breach the walls of Maputo, forcing the surrender of its governement within minutes. Facing the enemies at the very heart of their empire, they have but little choice but to flee. The Pskovian armies pursue them, and surround the fleeing Dignitaries and the king of Maputo, who was planning on leading a resistance in secret. After exposing his plan, simply sending people to the meat grinder with little to no protection, many of his closest friends flee and he is forced to sign the treaty of Maputo ending his reign as the King of the area, and giving over his kingdom to Pskov, legitimizing the PIC's newly founded Zlatobrezhie, centered in Sofala. However, the PIC is still to consolidate control, and the region of Former Maputo, now called "Zlatoprezhie" after the Name of the Proclaimed Posession of the PIC. After the burning of Maputo, Sofala becomes the new capital of the region, and under the guidance of (in translation) The High Governor (Viceroy in some translations) of the Pskov Imperial Company's President in the Company's African Posession of the Gold Coast (Full Title), or simply the Governor-General of Zlatobrezhie, to whom the Veche is granting clemency of the region as soon as the Pskovian military ceases operations and organizes an actual government ... well, more like the basic tenets of government, set up local representatives, other things, the lot. Meanwhile, Pskov agrees through its university and Academy of Natural Philosophy to fund Juan de Cono after hearing his pleas, giving him access to 10,000 Rubles, however ... if he does not do good ... or make this thing profitable, then he might be in a world of trouble ... in any case, more water wheels start to apear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instad of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. Meanwhile, both emboldened by the recent victories in Africa, and wary of an unknown independent duchy that literally has nothing for military or navy, because that was all Scandinavia's ... and they all left ... DECLARES WAR on Ingria because they are afraid of an unknown in their borders, supported by the Veche. In thanks of the Help with conquest of Maputo, Narva receives this year's shipment of ships for free, financed by the Pskovian governement. also 5% of all the gold mined in Maputo.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The Riigikogu passes legislation hiring Pskovian Guards to temporarily remain as the nation's military force. Some Pskovian Merchants set up shop in Narva, and begin selling their products. However, some very oportunistic ones begin setting up not simply markets, but hiring and moving some of their staff to Narva to help with the development of Production. Meanwhile, the efficiency of farming continues to grow as Pskovian methods are imported. Culture begins to grow as well, as some questioners continue to spread their works. The Knyaz-Namestnik Volkov, with the approval of the Riigikogu, crowns himself the First Vurst of Narva, and officialy changes his surname to Huntide (meaning "of Wolves" in Estonian); and establishes House Huntide.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of siplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east(to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian Nations are asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations.
 * In The PIC posession of Zlatobrezhie with the victory of its forces over the Matupans, the Pskovians proceed to root out any remaining resistance with ruthlessness. The Pskovians plan to set up four Lieutenant-Namestnikships in the conquered territory, all Ruled centrally by the High Namestnik (Verkhovniy Namestnik) in Sofala. They begin plans to replace all local administartors, or at least begin the process, so that the creation of an official government can be at least established. The cities from which the Lieutenant-Namestniks shall rule are considered being given the Right of Veche once The Pskovian Army has left, however, a contingent of one thousand men shall always remain on the island, part of the troops comissioned to the Pskov Imperial Company. Governor Romanov is given almost absolute authority and people optimistically hope to transition to a (sham) democracy soon, in order for Pskov to get at that gold much easier.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4600 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Iles d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien Mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses. A colony is established in OTL Fiji after a couple of explorers reach it early this year. The kingdom officially asks the Croatian nation to send settlers from Dalmatian descent due to relative proximity.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,590,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosopher and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage.*
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese. The king's son marries a lady of the name Tai.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 59. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 415,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 22.4 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 5. They are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. The Damascan Sultanate sends support (weapons, money, and militia captains) into the country to help aid the rebels. Damascus begins gaining influence in the western part of the Sinai peninsula, as well as influence in Cairo where a major Arabic population has developed. Jerusalem grows to 370,000. Over 200,000 soldiers are sent to fight in Aegypt.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 30-35 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk. With the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the new merger of territories, Dhubab becomes an official vassal of the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Mecadinala (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern vassal state in Yemen is given to the Yemenite Sultanate. The vassal is offered as a gift, as well as an army numbering 95,000 strong, for wherever they are needed for the Yemeni future conquests. These troops will remain under the control of Sultan Sulimen IV, until they are called for by the Yemeni Sultan. Economy expands. Although Sultan Sulimen IV does well to remind the Yemeni Sultan that they are once again indebted to the Damascan Sultanate, and Sultan Sulimen IV will call on his close ally when he has need of their services.
 * Cairo: With the city being taken from Aegypt, they make a deal with the Roman Empire to be given to strongest Islamic power in the area, that being the Damascan Sultanate. Sultan Sulimen IV forces the Aegyptian king to sign a charter dismissing Aegypt as an independent country. A regicide is then followed out, and assassins from the Dhu-Allakir Vortrahava Brotherhood are sent to kill the royal family and any high ranking generals that may be hiding either in Sinai or Cairo. Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 360,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in a Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes, a small bit of land is given to the Mansuriyya Sultanate, and a small port town is given to the Croatian government. Both of these lie on the southern tips, Mansuriyya being on the Western side, Croatia on the East. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We thank Damascas for the land in Sinai and we specifically request the city of Sharm El-Sheikh.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish armed forces are increased to nearly 50,000 with the reserves to match. This only applies to Spain proper as various other military forces are around the colonies keeping the forces all manned up and ready to fight in case of conflict. Hispania funds the Spaniard inventor and buys him out officially making him under contract of the Empire only and no others.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied Culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai due to its presence on the mainland of China proper becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Chinese Sepoya troops are decreased from 7000 to 3000 while Japanese mercenaries and pirates are hired to serve as troops with nearly 5000 of these troops hired and deployed. The South China Sea Company officially purchases its first 20 military warships top of the line from Spain.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. Seeing the effect and outcome of the recent edict Samir II removes the edict, so hopefully the market can get back on track. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir II orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A very small amount more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir II continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir II also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded due to the economy, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Samir III (heir to Raigaman throne) and Princess Lakshmi of Delhi are married at a public ceremony, this secures an alliance between the two countries.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. A very small amount of the Kotte army are given training and weapons like the Raigaman army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * TO MODS: Can a mod(s) please add signatures on the Indian League page under "Our Ignored Brothers". Approving this would make it so Raigama can join the League. Thanks.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested. Britannic assistance is also asked with a newly-induced naval reform.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and ee continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Syncreticism grows in popularity, with animsit and Christian practices continuing to grow together and become increasingly linked. Work on primitive boats continues; trade with Neu Norderney expands. Horse breeding for cavalry continues, and the cassina crop is a record this year. The nation improves its military; Winipakw expands 375 km.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska improves its military, while Christianity continues to spread.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Kapuskasing: The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. The Emperor dies of old age safely in his bed. Funeral and Coronation arrangements are made. Letters requesting the leaders of Hispania, Bavaria, Austria, Hamburg the Netherlands and Scandinavia are sent out. Princess Mary of Scots is crowned Empress Mary I of Britannia, ruler of the Soveriegn Isles, Queen of Scots, Defender of the Realm and Protector of the Colonies, Most August.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area
 * Hey Andy, I killed King Richard IV off a few years ago, technically your next king would be Alfred, who you mentioned as being Richard's son a while back. Mary is currently in Oldenburg acting as Princess Regent. Callumthered (talk) 22:19, September 18, 2014 (UTC)
 * County of Oldenburg: The military is improved. Princess Proserpina accepts Austria's proposal of marriage.
 * Prince Bishopric of Osnabruck: Economy improves.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encouraged to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussia, Illium and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are, therefore, built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugarcane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. Serbia begins to merge into the Empire's government, and already the region begins to see some benefits. The cheaper tariffs on Serbia's iron ore helps out Serbian merchants, while the population grows thanks to increased and cheaper food imports. Faced with the unprecendented change of events in Egypt, the Imperial government faces no other option and joins its allies in securing the canal and Egypt's Christians from the Muslim threat. A force of 100,000 soldiers with siege weapons and 350 ships embark from Constantinople in order to save the region from the Muslims. With the war concluded, a peace treaty is drafted. All who participated in the war are invited to take part in the signing of the Treaty of Alexandria (Principia Moderni III Map Game).
 * Reme (Colony of the Roman Empire): Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expansion. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is re-inforced with about five ships, some of them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. With the colony finally united by land, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance. Faced with increased piracy in the area, the colonial authorities decide to act. Unable to target the pirates that take refuge inside New Pomerania, the colonial fleets decide it would be better to limit their ability to hide. Roman fleets travel around the region of the Seminole and destroy pirate bases where they are found. To further protect the gains from the previous year, a fortress is constructed in the OTL Tampa Bay area and more outposts are constructed along the keys. Existing outposts are further fortified as the Empire continues to expand there. While not intended to be a settler colony, some people begin to move in, seeking new land to farm cash crops on and to live. Existing settlements are consolidated, as the disorganized area between two of the fortresses in OTL Florida is expanded into.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 90 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The Sultan is becoming ill, and is projected to die within the next ten years, and thus prepares for his twleve year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, to take his place as Sultan during the next ten years. With the Sultan dying and his son growing up, The Grand Council take power for this transitionary ten years. 
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Mansurryian-Yemeni Dip: We request that in return for Masirah Island complete access to the Manssuryian Gulf and the Port of Milh, we get OTL Djibuti and the very tip of the Horn of Somalia, as well as access to ports and trading rights. We thank Yemen for granting us land in the Horn of Africa and Eritrea and we are currently integrating the enclaves into under our jurisdiction, which should be completed next year. We also would like to further negotiate port access.
 * Mansurryian-Romanian Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Romanian Somalia in return for Romanian goods.
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We accept the trade proposal.
 * Mansurryian-Roman Dip: As we now have colonies in Eastern Africa, we wish to trade our goods and Urdustani goods with Roman Eastern Africa in return for Roman goods.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593.Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We declare support for our Muslim brothers in Aegypt by supplying them. We declare war on Aegypt and send 50,000 troops and supplies to invade Aegypt and the Sultan's son shall lead our forces there. We continue the war in Aegypt and we have 50,000 more troops ready to invade if need be. With the Aegyptian War over, the Sultan's Son goes to Alexandria in order to negoatiate the Treaty of Alexandria. Meanwhile, the Mansuryian Sultanate prepares for the intergration of our new territory next year in 1630.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Tensions in Scandinavia run even deeper. January gets off on an incredibly bad foot when King John II enacts the Swedish Supremacy Clause in the wake of Griffin ambition. The Swedish Supremacy Clause states that Sweden, being the leader of the Scandinavian Empire, is above all other members of the Scandinavian Empire. Swedish citizens will enjoy lower taxes and the right to arrest Danish and Norwegian citizens. This clause sparks riots in Denmark and, after the urging of the House of Halvar, King John II begrudgingly voids the Swedish Supremacy Clause. In the meantime, the House of Griffins make several political moves this year. Alliances with other noble houses in Denmark and Norway are signed. In June of this year, the Scandinavian Queen is found guilty of having an affair with Richard Halvar, brother of King John II. King John II punishes Richard Halvar by ordering his execution. Instead, he escapes custody and flees to Constantinople. The Queen, assuming the worst, throws herself off the massive Storkyrkan Cathedral in Stockholm. King John II soon marries Ingrid Jagerhorn, a wise move on his part and on the part of the Halvars. The military is expanded as the First and Second fleets are rennovated. Refugees from Schleswig continue to pour into Denmark, fearful of Austria's reign.
 * Attawandaron: Improves militia.
 * Huronsmark: The military is established.
 * Iceland: Works to recover from the pirate attack. The military is expanded.
 * Karelia: The military is expanded.
 * New Gotland: Works to recover from this winter. The military is expanded.
 * Strombek: The infrastructure is expanded. Strombek expands by 2000 sq km toward the Hudson Bay.
 * Vinland: The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Westphalia: Wilhelm VI is born this year. We improve the economy.
 * East Cologne: We improve the economy.
 * East Trier: We improve the economy.
 * Mainz: We improve the economy.
 * Palatinate: We improve the economy.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1629, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 63, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1629, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,500,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (110,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu (755,000), Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the thorne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code Creates a limited parliment, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliment can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code offically passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 360,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.